BEST MECHANICAL & ELECTRONIC LOCKS · not meet Stanley’s credit requirements for the amount of Product ordered, or the amount of Product which remains unpaid (whether or not overdue)

BEST MECHANICAL & ELECTRONIC LOCKS

PRICE LIST 65BSTSTATE CONTRACTPrice List 65 - Take 43.58% off published list priceEffective: January 4, 2016

Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030 2 Price List 65BST

About the Company

Our History

Simply the BEST

BEST products are built to last in the toughest industrial environments. Whether it’s a mechanical lock or an electronic monitoring system, BEST products promise durability and performance. As one of America’s favorite hardware brands, BEST gives you the tools and assurance to take responsibility for your security.

When you trace it all the way back, it comes down to three individuals: Frederick Stanley, Duncan Black and Alonzo Decker.

For more than 175 years, we're proud to continue their legacies and we're proud to carry their names forward.

In 1843, Frederick Stanley started a small shop in New Britain, Connecticut to manufacture bolts, hinges, and other hardware from wrought iron. With superior quality, consistent innovation, and rigorous operational improvement, Stanley's company defined excellence, and so did his products.

In 1910, S. Duncan Black and Alonzo G. Decker started their shop, similar in size at first, in Baltimore, Maryland. Six years later they changed the world by obtaining the world's first patent for a portable power tool, and the company they built has been changing the world ever since.

Both companies grew in parallel over the ensuing decades, amassing an unparalleled family of brands and products and an even more impressive wealth of industry expertise.

In 2010, the two companies combined to form Stanley Black & Decker, Inc. to deliver the tools and solutions that industrial companies, professionals, and consumers count on to be successful when it really matters.

Just as it was in 1843, our passion for excellence is seen around the world in our disciplined operations, purposeful business growth and loyal customer relationships.

Frederick Stanley

Duncan Black andAlonzo Decker

Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030 3Price List 65BST

Note: Please contact us for price information on specialty items or options not shown in this price list.

STANLEY Security Solutions, Inc. reserves the right to make changes in designs and specifications or to make additions or improvements to its products without notice and without incurring any obligation to incorporate them on products previously manufactured.


Contents

Sales Policies 5

Warranty 7

STANLEY Patented Product Ordering 9

STANLEY Masterkey Code and Masterkey Service Policy 11

Architectural Finishes 13

BEST Standard & Premium Keys 14

BEST Peaks Keys 15

BEST Preferred Patented Keys 16

BEST CORMAX Patented Keys 17

B Series Padlocks 18

BEST Standard & Premium Cores 20

BEST PEAKS Cores 21

BEST Preferred Patented Cores 22

BEST Cormax Patented Cores 23

D Series Service Equipment 24

KRD Series Key Retaining Devices 26

QU-I.C-SYSTEM Combinating Tool Packages 27

E Series Cylinders 28

5E and 8E Series Utility Cylinders (Cam locks) 30

Keystone 600NS Key Control Software 31

45H Series Mortise Components 32

47H Series High Security Mortise Lock 34

48H and 49H Series Mortise Deadlocks 35

40H Series Mortise Components 36

40H Strike Packages 37

40H Replacement Spindles 38

40H Faceplate Kits 39

J Series semi-trailer kingpin Locks 40

5K Series Grade 2 Tubular Locks 41

6K Series Grade 2 cylindrical locks - Knobs 42

7K Series Grade 2 cylindrical locks - leve3rs 43

8K Series Grade 1 cylidnrical locks - knobs 44

9k Series Grade 1 cylindrical locks - levers 46

AK Series knob adaptations 48

L Series Cabinet Locks 49

P Series Push Locks 50

S Series Sliding Door Locks 51

SPSL - STANLEY Patient Safety Lever 52

SSRL - STANLEY Seclustion Room / time out room locks 54

SEDA - STANLEY Emergency Door Alarm 55

T Series Tubular Deadbolts 56

W Series Electric Switch Locks 57

45HW Series Electromechanical Mortise locks 58

47HW Series high security electromechancial Mortise locks 59

8KW/9KW Series Electromechanical Cylindrical locks 60

Electromechanical lock accessories 62

Electric Strike 4 63

Electric Strike 5 64

Electronic Lock Software & Accessories 65

45HZ Keypad EZ Mortise locks 67

9KZ keypad EZ Cylindrical locks 68

EXZ keypad EZ Exit trim 69

45HG B.A.S.I.S G Mortise locks 70

9KG B.A.S.I.S. G Cylindrical locks 71

EXG B.A.S.I.S G Exit trim 72

45HBV B.A.S.I.S V Mortise Locks 73

9KBV B.A.S.I.S V Cylindrical Locks 75

EXBV B.A.S.I.S V Exit Trim 76

45HM IDH MAX Mortise Locks 77

9KM IDH MAX Cylidnrical Locks 79

STANLEY Wi-Q Technology Wireless Access Management Software & Accessories 80

BEST 45HQ wireless Mortise locks with stanley wi-q technology 81

BEST 9KQ Wireless Cylindrical locks with STANLEY Wi-Q Technology 83

BEST EXQ Wireless Exit Trim with STANLEY Wi-Q Technology 84

BEST Wireless Conversion Kits with STANLEY Wi-Q Technology 85

STANLEY ID Express Station 86

Electronic Lock Inside Escutcheon Conversion Kits 87

45HOM Omnilock Wireless Mortise Locks 88

9KOM Omnilock Wireless Cylindrical Locks 89

OMEM Omnilock Electric Modules 90

OMWMS Omnilock Wall Mount Systems 91

QASOM Quick Adapter for pre-2004 Cylindrical Schlage D Lever Locks 92

QAXOM Omnilock Wireless Quick Adapter for Exit Devices 93

Access Control System Parts and accessories 94

Non-Best Chassis for OMEM 95

OMNILOCK Software 96

Stanley PAC 97

Quoting & Ordering Policies 98

Return Policy and Fulfillment Issues 102

Forms 104


The terms and conditions contained herein shall govern the sale of all Stanley products located in the Stanley price catalog and/or offered for sale by Stanley Security Solutions, Inc., except for those products as set forth under separate Stanley Value Added Reseller Agreements. The acceptance of any order is expressly made conditional upon your assent to these Terms and Conditions of Sale.

PRICES: Stanley reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to change or amend its price list (including, but not limited to, adding or removing Products from the price list), and standard terms and conditions of sale as contained in its catalogs, price list or published sales policies, without incurring any liability whatsoever to its Customer or others. All orders will be filled at the Stanley List Price in effect at the time of order placement. All prices are subject to change without notice and are not guaranteed.

TAXES: List prices do not include federal, state or local taxes.

ORDERS: No order for Products shall be deemed to have been accepted by Stanley until written notice of its acceptance is received by the Customer from Stanley via an order acknowledgement. Stanley reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to decline to accept any order. Purchase Orders will bind Stanley only to the extent accepted by Stanley’s written confirmation or delivery.

Stanley will attempt to fill orders in the order in which they are received, subject to prior orders. However, Stanley reserves the right to allocate orders or fill an order or orders ahead of prior orders, if, in its judgment, the facts warrant such a change.

Any additional provisions in a Purchase Order, including any pre-printed terms, shall be void and not binding on Stanley, unless expressly accepted by Stanley. For greater certainty, the acceptance by Stanley of a Purchase Order shall not be deemed acceptance of the additional terms of such Purchase Order.

Stanley will accept orders via phone, email, fax or courier. Stanley will send out an order acknowledgement for all orders received via email, phone or fax.

Note: Receipt or possession of this price catalog does not grant approval to quote or purchase Stanley products. Please contact your Stanley Sales Representative for further details.

KEYING SYSTEM ORDERS: All orders of keying systems specifying delayed fulfillment must be fulfilled within twelve (12) months of the order date. Said request for fulfillment must include complete keying instructions for the order to be acknowledged with an estimated delivery date. Failure to properly request fulfillment of the order within twelve (12) months of the order date will make the order void and nonrefundable.

SPECIAL ORDERS: Any modification to a standard product configuration is considered a special order. No credits will be issued for returned special orders unless authorized by Stanley Customer Service.

INCOMPLETE ORDERS: An incomplete order is one that is not fully specified according to the appropriate nomenclature required for that product. Any incomplete order will not be entered and will be referred to the appropriate Stanley Sales Representative for resolution.

SAMPLES: Please contact your local Stanley Sales Representative for sample requests.

MINIMUM CHARGE: The expense of handling an order necessitates a minimum charge of $50.00 net per invoice.

CREDIT LIMITS: Stanley’s policy is to extend Net 30-day terms/open account combined with a credit line based on financial capacity. For all accounts Stanley requires a Credit Application and Sales Tax Exempt Certificate (if applicable). Stanley evaluates traditional sources of credit information: D&B, trade and bank references, financial information, and business plans. The supply of credit herein shall be at the discretion of Stanley. If available information and/or financial circumstances will not support open accounts terms, Stanley offers Cash in Advance and Credit Card (MasterCard or VISA) terms. Stanley performs periodic reviews of credit lines and terms of payment and may request updated financial information.

Stanley reserves the right to withhold delivery of Product if Customer does not meet Stanley’s credit requirements for the amount of Product ordered, or the amount of Product which remains unpaid (whether or not overdue) exceeds the limit established by Stanley for Customer. Customer shall provide, at Stanley’s request, an acceptable letter of credit or guarantee or security in a form and amount determined by Stanley.

If Customer shall become overdue on its account or otherwise defaults in any payment to Stanley or if its financial condition shall at any time appear inadequate to warranty further shipment on an open account basis, Stanley shall have the right, without liability, to refuse to accept any or all orders, to cancel any and all orders, to delay shipments, or to require advance payment before accepting or shipping any orders. All orders and all shipments are subject to approval by the Stanley Credit Department.

PAYMENT TERMS: Stanley standard payment terms are 2% 15, net 30 days from date of invoice. Effective September 28, 2014, a $45.00 convenience fee will apply to all payments made by Credit Card towards open invoices on your account. You may choose to pay by credit card by reaching out to your Credit Analyst directly in order to process payment. You can avoid paying the $45.00 convenience fee by enrolling and paying open invoices via Billtrust Invoice Gateway (https://secure.billtrust.com/stanleymechanical/ig/signin) with an ACH Payment (bank transfer from checking or savings account) free of charge. Payments by check, or money order should continue to be sent directly to the remit-to address noted on invoices.

Stanley shall be entitled to charge and Customer shall pay interest on overdue invoices at the rate of two percent (2%) per month calculated from the date of the invoice to the date of payment, including any attorney fees incurred by Stanley resulting from the collection of such overdue payment. Customer shall pay all sums owing to Stanley without any deduction or abatement and Customer shall have no right of set-off.In the event that Customer disputes any portion of the payment due, Customer shall be obligated to pay the balance which is not the subject of dispute.

Without limiting any other rights it may have under these terms of sale and applicable law, all of Stanley’s obligations under this Agreement, including obligations of supply, or any Purchase Order, can be suspended or cancelled should Customer be delinquent in making payment for previously shipped Products.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE

October 2015


INTERNATIONAL SALES: International Resellers located outside of the United States of America who place orders are subject to and must pay by (1) Cash in Advance, (2) Confirmed Irrevocable Letter of Credit, (3) Standby Letter of Credit.

All international shipments shall be FCA (Incoterms 2010) from Stanley’s facility in Indianapolis, Indiana USA. Stanley shall be deemed to have delivered all Products and related goods when such are put in the custody of a carrier at Stanley’s plant or warehouse above, at which time all title and risk of loss or damage shall pass to Customer.

SHIPPING/FREIGHT: All Products shall be shipped FOB Origin domestic or FCA International (INCOTERMS 2010) from Stanley’s facility in Indianapolis, Indiana USA. Stanley shall be deemed to have delivered all Products and related goods when such are put in the custody of a carrier at Stanley’s plant or warehouse above, at which time all title, risk of loss or damage shall pass to Customer. All shipments will be made in accordance with the preferred routing, carrier assignments, and operational guidelines of Stanley. Customer shall bear all costs of freight, insurance and associated costs and shall make all arrangements for same.

Single or combined shipments including Stanley lock sets, exit devices, hinges and door closers will be considered for free freight with orders at or above $5000 net (product combination must be on same purchase order). Orders less than $5,000 will be shipped freight prepaid with shipping cost added to the invoice, including a nominal freight charge to be determined by Stanley at time of shipping.

Hinge only orders will be considered for free fright with orders at or above $750 net. Orders less than $750 will be shipped freight prepaid with shipping cost added to the invoice, including a nominal freight charge to be determined by Stanley at time of shipping.

These freight terms apply only to a single destination within the contiguous United States.

Should a shipment qualify for one of Stanley’s free freight programs, the Products shall be shipped FOB Origin domestic (with exception to prepaid freight) or FCA International (INCOTERMS 2010) (with exception to prepaid freight) from Stanley’s facility in Indianapolis, Indiana USA.

DELIVERY: Orders shall be acknowledged and given a scheduled delivery date based on estimated manufacturing lead times. Manufacturing lead time will begin once all information is received to process an order. Delivery dates given by Stanley as part of order acknowledgment for accepted orders for Products or related goods will be honored by Stanley on a best effort basis. Shipping dates shown on order acknowledgments are based upon Stanley’s estimate and cannot be guaranteed. Stanley will not be liable for any loss or damage resulting from delay in filling orders, including any direct or consequential loss or damage. Stanley reserves the right to make partial shipments unless the order specifies otherwise.

CHANGES/CANCELLATIONS: After orders are entered for manufacturing, changes or cancellations cannot be accepted without Stanley written permission, and may be subject to a change or cancellation charge equivalent to 30% of the purchase price.

Orders for special and/or custom designed goods not immediately saleable to another customer are not changeable, cancelable, or returnable.

RETURNED GOODS: Stanley Customer Service MUST authorize all warranty and non-warranty related returns. Requests for returns can be initiated by submitting an email to [email protected]. Only goods with an invoice date of less than one (1) year will be considered for a non-warranty related return and product must be returned in original packaging and in a resalable condition. All material returned to Stanley, regardless of the reason, must have a correct RA number applied to the outside of the shipping carton. A restocking charge of 30% of the purchase price will be applied to the Customer’s account except for warranty returns. Transportation charges of returned goods must be prepaid by Customer. All goods must be returned within sixty (60) calendar days of RA issue date. Product not returned in salable condition or after sixty (60) days of the RA issue date is subject to disposal by Stanley with no credit issued.

Stanley cannot authorize the return of discontinued product. Under no circumstances will special order items be accepted for return, unless covered by warranty.

EXPORT REGULATIONS: Customer agrees to conform to, and abide by, the export laws and regulations of the US, including, but not limited to, the Export Administration Act of 1979 as amended and its implementing regulations. Diversion contrary to US laws and regulations is prohibited.

MASTERKEYING: Stanley Masterkey Code and Masterkey Service Policy can be found at www.bestaccess.com.

LIMITED WARRANTY: The terms and conditions outlined above are subject to Stanley’s Limited Warranty, which is included in the Stanley Price Catalog and is incorporated herein by reference. Upon return of a defective product, Stanley shall either repair or replace the product, in its sole discretion, in accordance with our standard warranty

EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN, STANLEY MAKES NO WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, AND BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT NO REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, PROMISES OR STATEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE BY STANLEY, WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT, OR ANY PART OR PORTION THEREOF. IN ADDITION, STANLEY MAKES NO WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS PRODUCT OR ANY PART OR PORTION THEREOF, FOR ANY PURPOSE, NOR ANY WARRANTY WHICH EXTENDS BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE HEREOF. STANLEY SHALL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES SUFFERED BY BUYER OR ANYONE CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER BUYER, AS A RESULT OF THE CONDITION OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ANY PART OR PORTION THEREOF, AND THERE ARE NO ORAL OR WRITTEN UNDERTAKINGS OR AGREEMENTS OF ANY TYPE PROVIDED BY STANLEY EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS OR PROHIBIT THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY IN YOUR STATE.

GOVERNING LAW: These Terms and Conditions of Sale and any subsequent sales agreements between Stanley and Customer shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE (continued)

October 2015


Rev. Date October 2015

What is Covered: Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. (“Stanley”) warrants that the Products manufactured by Stanley, identified below, and sold under its trade names “STANLEY” and “BEST” are free of defects in materials and workmanship as outlined below. The sole and exclusive liability of Stanley under this warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of any Product or component part covered by the warranty at the sole discretion of Stanley.

Who is Covered: This warranty is extended only to the Seller’s distributors of Products and the end user who purchases Products for purposes other than resale (collectively, “Purchaser”).

Hardware Warranty Period:

The following products warranty term shall be limited lifetime for a period of the useful life of the building in which the product is originally installed:• 45H/47H Mechanical Mortise Lock• 48H/49H Mortise Deadlock

The following products shall be warranted for ten (10) years from the date of sale:• 9K Mechanical Cylindrical Lock

The following products shall be warranted for five (5) years from the date of sale:• 45HW and 47HW Electromechanical Mortise Lock

The following products shall be warranted for three (3) years from the date of sale:• 8K Mechanical Cylindrical Lock• 8K/9K Electro-mechanical Cylindrical Lock• 9KZ Keypad EZ Cylindrical Lock• 9KM IDH Max Cylindrical Lock• 5K, 6K, and 7KC Cylindrical Locks• 8T/7T Tubular Locks• 1E, 5E, 8E Cylinders Locks• 45HZ Keypad EZ Mortise Lock• EXZ Keypad• 45HM IDH Max Mortise Lock• 1C, 2C, 3C, 5C, 6C Cores• 1A Keys• 1AM, 1AX Keys (CORMAX)• AD433 Key Combinator & Equipment• 11B, 21B, 41B family Padlocks• 1W Switch Locks• S Sliding Door Locks• 45HG,9KG, 45HBV, 9KBV BASIS Locks• 45HN, 9KN Electrified Locks• 45HQ, 9KQ and EXQ locks using Stanley Wi-Q(tm) Technology • AK Series Knob Adaptations• 5L, 3L, 2P Cabinet Locks• SPSL, SSRL, SEDA Stanley Patient Safety Lever, Seclusion Room Locks, Emergency Door Alarms

The following products shall be warranted for one (1) year from the date of sale:• 45HOM, 9KOM, OMEM, OMWMS, QASOM, QAXOM, Stanley Portal Gateways, Wireless Access Controllers, Antennas and other

products using Stanley Wi-Q(tm) Technology not specifically mentioned• 1CB, 1CK,1AF Kaba Cores & Keys• Stanley Portal Gateways, Wireless Access Controllers, Antennas and other products using Stanley Wi-Q™ Technology not specifically

mentioned

Finishes shall be warranted for three (3) years from the date of sale excluding US10B/613 “Oil Rubbed Bronze” finish.

Stanley Wi-Q™ Technology and B.A.S.I.S. Software:• Stanley warrants that all software shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship and will function in substantial accordance to the

specifications for a period of one (1) year from the date of installation.• Specific Limitations:

o This warranty does not cover any post-sales technical support under the following circumstances: Problems caused by misuse of software or hardware Failure to provide a network connection or site phone line for a modem connection, if deemed necessary by Stanley Technical support for network software products Technical support for software installed on computer hardware or computer operating system that is no longer

commercially available for purchase.

Warranty Claims: Any Products believed to be defective as covered by this warranty may not be returned without prior written Returned MaterialsAuthorization (RMA) from Stanley Product Support (800) 392-5209 covering specific items and quantities within thirty (30) days from the discovery of the alleged defect(s). Stanley will inform the purchaser where to ship said Product(s), shipping charges prepaid by you, for examination. In the event such examination reveals a defect covered by this warranty; Stanley will, at its sole option, repair or replace the Product, and return it or its replacement to the purchaser, with charges only for shipping.

Exclusions: This warranty specifically excludes, and Stanley shall not be held responsible for the following:a) COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLING, REMOVING OR REINSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT.b) Damage caused by Product malfunction or failure attributable to acts of God.c) Improper use or installation.d) Poor or no maintenance.

WARRANTY


What is Covered: Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. (“Stanley”) warrants that the Products manufactured by Stanley, identified below, and sold under itstrade names “STANLEY” and “BEST” are free of defects in materials and workmanship as outlined below. The sole and exclusive liability of Stanleyunder this warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of any Product or component part covered by the warranty at the sole discretion of Stanley.

Who is Covered: This warranty is extended only to the Seller’s distributors of Products and the end user who purchases Products for purposes otherthan resale (collectively, “Purchaser”).





The following products shall be warranted for three (3) years from the date of sale:• 8K Mechanical Cylindrical Lock• 8K/9K Electro-mechanical Cylindrical Lock• 9KZ Keypad EZ Cylindrical Lock• 9KM IDH Max Cylindrical Lock• 5K, 6K, and 7KC Cylindrical Locks• 8T/7T Tubular Locks• 1E, 5E, 8E Cylinders Locks• 45HZ Keypad EZ Mortise Lock• EXZ Keypad• 45HM IDH Max Mortise Lock• 1C, 2C, 3C, 5C, 6C Cores• 1A Keys• 1AM, 1AX Keys (CORMAX)• AD433 Key Combinator & Equipment• 11B, 21B, 41B family Padlocks• 1W Switch Locks• S Sliding Door Locks• 45HG,9KG, 45HBV, 9KBV BASIS Locks• 45HN, 9KN Electrified Locks• 45HQ, 9KQ and EXQ locks using Stanley Wi-Q(tm) Technology• AK Series Knob Adaptations• 5L, 3L, 2P Cabinet Locks• SPSL, SSRL, SEDA Stanley Patient Safety Lever, Seclusion Room Locks, Emergency Door Alarms



mentioned






Warranty Claims: Any Products believed to be defective as covered by this warranty may not be returned without prior written Returned MaterialsAuthorization (RMA) from Stanley Product Support (800) 392-5209 covering specific items and quantities within thirty (30) days from the discovery ofthe alleged defect(s). Stanley will inform the purchaser where to ship said Product(s), shipping charges prepaid by you, for examination. In the eventsuch examination reveals a defect covered by this warranty; Stanley will, at its sole option, repair or replace the Product, and return it or itsreplacement to the purchaser, with charges only for shipping.


WARRANTY












mentioned








WARRANTY











mentioned








WARRANTY


e) Work performed by someone other than an Authorized Stanley technician.f) Failure to follow Stanley’s operating instructions or environmental specifications.g) Incorrect application, modification, vandalism, erosion or corrosion, shipping and/or handling, improper storage, accident, misuse, abuse or

any other cause not within the control of Stanley.h) This warranty is void if any modification is made to the warranty product, regardless of whether the modification causes or contributes to the

alleged defect. All modifications are made at the risk and expense of the party making the modifications.i) Stanley shall not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to the product or any costs of labor performed by the Purchaser or

others without Stanley’s prior written approval.j) Stanley provides no warranty or guarantee that its cores and/or cylinders will function properly or be mechanically compatible with products

not manufactured by Stanley.k) The US10B/613 finish is considered to be a living finish that will change over time with use and age and is expressly excluded from this

warranty. The finish changes that occur are indicative of normal wear and tear and reflect the essence of a living finish. The finish changesare not considered manufacturing defects and are not covered by this warranty.

Third Party Warranty: Except as otherwise provided above, Stanley makes no warranty, express or implied, with regard to third party hardware or software and expressly disclaims the implied warranties or conditions of merchantability or merchantable quality, fitness for a particular purpose, title, infringement and those arising by statute or otherwise in law. Customer’s sole recourse for warranty claims is with the manufacturer of the Product. However, Stanley agrees to pass through any third party warranty that Stanley receives from the manufacturer of the Products to Purchaser. The extent of any third party warranty details, terms and conditions, remedies and procedures may be expressly stated on, or packaged with, or otherwise accompanying the Products.

LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES: THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN EXPRESSLY AND IN PLACE OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, OR WARRANTIES NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN.

STANLEY SHALL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES SUFFERED BY PURCHASER OR ANYONE CLAIMING BY, THROUGH OR UNDER PURCHASER, AS A RESULT OF THE CONDITION OF THIS PRODUCT, OR ANY PART OR PORTION THEREOF.

SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS OR PROHIBIT THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATION AND EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY IN YOUR STATE.

THIS WARRANTY IS GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF INDIANA WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS OF LAW PRINCIPLES. STANLEY AND PURCHASER AGREE THAT THE UNITED NATIONS CONVENTION ON CONTRACTS FOR THE INTERNATIONAL SALE OF GOODS SHALL NOT APPLY TO SALE OF THE PRODUCTS COVERED BY THIS WARRANTY.


SALE OF STANLEY PATENTED PRODUCT: In accordance with the Stanley Masterkey Code and Masterkey Service Policy, only Authorized Distributors meeting certain necessary qualifications and standards shall be selected by Stanley to sell Stanley Patented Product. Selection shall be at the sole discretion of Stanley and shall be evidenced in writing via the Distributor Agreement or its select addendums.

STOCKING OF STANLEY PATENTED PRODUCT: Furthermore, Stanley may authorize only select Authorized Distributors to purchase and stock Stanley Patented Product and have access to Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes by entering into a Stanley Patented Masterkey System Distributor Agreement Addendum (the “Authorized Stocking Distributor”) As a condition to the Authorized Stocking Distributor’s continued access to Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes, it must comply at all times with the Stanley Patented Key Systems Security Procedure.

SECURITY AUTHORIZATION FORM: It is a responsibility of the Authorized Distributor to ensure that Stanley Patented Product does not end up in the possession of unauthorized individuals or entities. The Authorized Distributor must ensure that the End User completes a Stanley Patented Masterkey System Security Authorization Form (the “Security Authorization Form”). The Security Authorization Form designates those individuals within the End User’s organization that are authorized to place orders with the Authorized Distributor for Stanley Patented Product. The Security Authorization Form must be completed and signed by the End User.

It is the Authorized Distributor’s full responsibility to validate the End User’s signature as identified on the Security Authorization Form prior to accepting any orders for Stanley Patented Product.

In certain circumstances the Authorized Distributor selling and/or stocking the Stanley Patented Product will not contract directly with the End User. In these circumstances, the Authorized Distributor is required to work with its reseller to ultimately ensure that the End User submits a signed Security Authorization Form to Stanley.

For those Distributors who have been authorized by Stanley to stock Stanley Patented Product, it is their responsibility to ensure that they have a completed Security Authorization Form on file for each End User that places an order with the Authorized Stocking Distributor for Stanley Patented product and that the Authorized Stocking Distributor authenticates the signature of each Stanley Patented Product order utilizing the Security Authorization Form.

Stanley shall have the right to audit all Security Authorization Forms maintained by the Authorized Distributors for completeness, accuracy and compliance with this Policy.

STANLEY PATENTED PRODUCT ORDERING & LICENSE

BEST CORMAX™ PATENTED KEYING SYSTEM-PATENT LICENSE: 1. The Best Cormax keying system being offered for sale under thisprice catalog is protected by valid and enforceable patents issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office pursuant to United States Federal Law (including U.S. Patent Nos. 7,681,425 and 5,615,566 (also designated as US RE 39,364) (collectively, the “Stanley Patents”). The rights to the Stanley Patents belong to Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. (“Stanley”). The Best Cormax keying system is comprised of two main components, a core and one or more keys. The combination of the Best Cormax core and key(s) is protected by the Stanley Patents. The Best Cormax keys, key blanks, and cores contain registered trademarks belonging to Stanley. Stanley considers its patent and trademark rights to be valuable intellectual property assets that are important in protecting security and maintaining key control of its products. Accordingly, it is in Stanley’s best interest and, more importantly, it is in the best interest of its end users, that the Best Cormax system be managed in a manner that guards against unauthorized key duplication, which compromises the security of the Best Cormax system. As a condition of purchase of a Best Cormax system from Stanley or one of its authorized distributors, the following limitations on the express and implied contractual and intellectual property rights with respect to the Best Cormax system and the Stanley Patents shall apply:

a. All Best Cormax systems shall be sold with a limited license topractice the Stanley Patents by combining and using (i) the Best Cormax core that is purchased with the Best Cormax system with (ii) the Best Cormax key(s) and/or key blanks(s) that are purchased with the Best Cormax system.

b. This license is conditioned upon the purchase of a Best Cormaxcore and key (or core and key blank) combination only from Stanley or one of its authorized distributors. Only Stanley and its authorized distributors are authorized to sell the core and key(s)/blank(s) that comprise the Best Cormax system. All other sales of those items, individually or together, including either finished Best Cormax keys or unfinished key blanks suitable for finishing into Best Cormax keys, by any party other than Stanley or one of its authorized distributors, for purposes of making the patented core and key combination, are not authorized sales and are excluded from this license.

c. In the event that an end user sells a Best Cormax core, eitherstanding alone or in connection with a sale of the structure or building in which it is installed, to a third party, the end user shall be required to notify the third-party purchaser of the terms and conditions and limitations of this license, which equally apply to the third party purchaser.

October 2015


STANLEY PATENTED PRODUCT ORDERING & LICENSE (continued)

d. Stanley does not grant under the license, the right to sellany Best Cormax keys or key blanks to a third party, except in connection with a sale of the corresponding Best Cormax core in a manner that complies with the terms, conditions, and limitations of this license.

e. Best Cormax keys and/or key blanks will be shipped by Stanleyor one of its authorized distributors directly and only to employees, as designated in the Security Authorization Form. f. In order to maintain the integrity of the Best Cormax system, the Best Cormax key or key blank should not be altered at any time to operate any core/cylinder for which such key or key blank was not originally intended.

g. In the event that any of the procedures outlined herein arenot strictly followed with respect to the handling of Best Cormax keys and key blanks, Stanley may require following good faith discussions, the prompt return via UPS/AOD or equivalent, of all Best Cormax keys and/or blanks. Those items, in like new condition, shall be repurchased by Stanley at the original sale price less a restocking fee.

h. Should any terms of this license be found to be invalid, byoperation of law or otherwise, all other provisions herein shall remain in full force and effect.

October 2015


I. DISTRIBUTOR MASTERKEY SERVICESAll Stanley Authorized Distributors, Aftermarket Wholesalers, and Locksmiths (“Authorized Distributors”) can create, modify or extend masterkey codes for the benefit of their end user customers (‘End Users”) for Stanley non-patented masterkey systems; provided, however, the services must be performed in line with industry standards. With the express written permission of Stanley, select Authorized Distributors can create, modify or extend masterkey codes for the benefit of End Users for a Stanley Patented Masterkey System (pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section C below). Authorized Distributor’s failure to comply with the terms of this policy could result in Stanley’s termination of its Distributor Agreement as well as Stanley’s pursuit of any remedies available at law.

A. END USER INFORMATION AND CODE RELEASE: All masterkey codes (both patented and non-patented) previously generated by Stanley are available for distribution to End Users (and/or their designated Authorized Distributor, if applicable) via the End User Web Portal at http://customerservice.stanleysecuritysolutions.com/mcp/. For a hard copy of the End User Information and Code Release Form, please contact your Stanley End User Consultant. End user codes will be distributed solely to those Authorized Distributors (a) identified by the End User on a fully executed End User Information and Code Release Form received by Stanley, and (b) for the release of Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes, the Authorized Distributor is authorized by Stanley to receive and process Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes (as more fully described in Section C below.) No exceptions will be made to this policy.

B. STANLEY NON-PATENTED MASTERKEY SYSTEM Effective September 4, 2012 Stanley will no longer require a Security Authorization Form to be signed by the End User prior to Stanley and/or its Authorized Distributor accepting core and key orders for non-patented keying systems. All valid End User communications for orders related to non-patented keying systems will be fulfilled at the End User’s liability.

C. STANLEY PATENTED MASTERKEY SYSTEMThe Stanley Patented Masterkey System provides a higher level of protection against unauthorized key duplication and crossovers and, in order to maintain the quality of a Stanley Patented Masterkey System, the following terms and conditions of this policy shall apply to any and all Authorized Distributors with access to Stanley Patented Masterkey Systems. For the purpose of this policy, “Stanley Patented Product” shall mean the Stanley Best Cormax (including cores and keys), as well as any and all future product Stanley designates as patented product for the purpose of this policy. “Stanley Patented Masterkey Systems” and “Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes” shall mean the respective masterkey system or codes of any Stanley Patented Masterkey Product.

Sale of Stanley Patented Product: As further described in this C, only those Authorized Distributors meeting certain necessary qualifications and standards shall be selected by Stanley to sell Stanley Patented Product. Selection shall be at the sole discretion of Stanley and shall be evidenced in writing via the Distributor Agreement or its select addendums.

Stanley Patented Security Authorization Form: It is a responsibility of the Authorized Distributor to ensure that Stanley Patented Product does not end up in the possession of unauthorized individuals or entities. The Authorized Distributor must ensure that the End User completes a Stanley Patented Masterkey System Security Authorization Form (the “Security Authorization Form”) as outlined in this Section. The Security Authorization Form designates those individuals within the End User’s organization that are authorized to place orders with the Authorized Distributor for Stanley Patented Product. The Security Authorization Form must be completed and signed by the End User.

It is the Authorized Distributor’s full responsibility to validate the End User’s signature as identified on the Security Authorization Form prior to accepting any orders for Stanley Patented Product. In certain circumstances the Authorized Distributor selling the Stanley Patented Product will not contract directly with the End User. In these circumstances, the Authorized Distributor is required to work with its reseller to ultimately ensure that the End User submits a signed Security Authorization Form to Stanley. Stanley shall have the right to audit all Security Authorization Forms maintained by the Authorized Distributors for completeness, accuracy and compliance with this Policy.

Sale of Combinated Stanley Patented Product through Distributor: Stanley may authorize select Authorized Distributor to purchase and resell to an End User Stanley Patented Product that has been combinated by Stanley Personnel. In this instance, a Security Authorization Form must be completed and signed by the End User and provided by the Authorized Distributor to Stanley with each Stanley Patented Product order.

Stocking of Stanley Patented Product: Stanley may authorize select Authorized Distributors to purchase and stock Stanley Patented Product and have access to Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes by entering into a Stanley Patented Masterkey System Distributor Agreement Addendum (the “Authorized Stocking Distributor”) As a condition to the Authorized Stocking Distributor’s continued access to Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes, it must comply at all times with the Stanley Patented Key Systems Security Procedure. In addition, it is the responsibility of the Authorized Stocking Distributor to ensure that they have a completed Security Authorization Form on file for each End User that places an order with the Authorized Stocking Distributor for Stanley Patented product and that the Authorized Stocking Distributor authenticates the signature of each Stanley Patented Product order utilizing the Security Authorization Form.

STANLEY MASTERKEY CODE AND MASTERKEY SERVICE POLICY

October 2015


STANLEY MASTERKEY CODE AND MASTERKEY SERVICE POLICY (continued)

Stanley Patented Masterkey Code Generation: To assist in reducing the possibility of duplication within a keying system and ensure security, all Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes must be created, modified and/or extended by Stanley’s masterkey personnel and/or an Authorized Stocking Distributor. The unauthorized duplication or release of Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes to non-authorized people or organizations, including, but not limited to, unauthorized distributors, wholesalers, private locksmiths, other lock manufacturers, architects, or contractors, is a violation of this policy as well as the infringement of patent rights and other intellectual property rights of Stanley. In addition to any other recourse available under law, the unauthorized release of Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes by any Authorized Stocking Distributor shall result in immediate termination.

Stanley Patented Masterkey System Exclusive Keyways: Upon request from an End User to release Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes previously generated by Stanley that are on an exclusive keyway, Stanley will send a notification to the End User reminding them that their patented codes are on an exclusive keyway. Stanley will provide a copy of this notice to the Authorized Stocking Distributor.

To assist in reducing the possibility of duplication within an End User exclusive keying system and ensure security, all exclusive Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes must be created, modified and/or extended and recorded in Stanley’s BESTCode masterkey code management tool.

Should Stanley approve an Authorized Stocking Distributor to establish a Stanley Patented Masterkey System on an exclusive keyway, the Authorized Stocking Distributor shall be required to sign a Stanley Patented Masterkey System Exclusive Keyway Addendum. To assist in reducing the possibility of duplication within a Distributor exclusive keying system and ensure security, all exclusive Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes must be created, modified and/or extended and recorded in Stanley’s BESTCode masterkey code management tool

Copies of Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes: Stanley shall have a right to a copy of all Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes that have been originated, modified, extended or otherwise maintained by the Authorized Stocking Distributor in the Stanley BESTCode system in order for Stanley to be able to provide continued support either directly, or indirectly, to the End User.

II. STANLEY MASTERKEY SERVICES

A. STANLEY MASTERKEY SERVICESPROVIDED TO DISTRIBUTOR: Stanley, upon request and at its sole discretion, may provide select masterkey services to an Authorized Distributor for both non-patented masterkey systems and Stanley Patented Masterkey Systems. In order for an Authorized Distributor to place an order for the extension of, or modification to, a masterkey system

previously created or maintained by Stanley, the End User must have selected that Authorized Distributor as its authorized designee in the End User Information & Code Release Form received by Stanley. Complete keying instructions must be given before a Stanley order can be properly acknowledged with an estimated delivery date. Stanley reserves the right to charge for the service of a customized masterkey security solution with the purchase of a Stanley product. A masterkey service charge will be assessed for each order for cylinders or cores for use in non-Stanley manufactured locks for which Stanley has an equivalent product. Stanley Patented Masterkey System products shall not be provided without the associated masterkey services being provided by Stanley. All Masterkey Services provided by Stanley shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Stanley Masterkey Service Order Acknowledgment which shall be provided upon acceptance of the order for Masterkey Services.

B. STANLEY BESTCODE: Stanley may, in its sole discretion, make available its BESTCode masterkey code management tool to select Authorized Distributors that meet certain training and certification requirements. If offered, BESTCode will be made available for an annual subscription fee as outlined in the Stanley pricing catalog. All codes made available to Authorized Distributors in the BESTCode system shall be subject to the BESTCode User License Agreement and will be provided in accordance with this Policy. The BESTCode masterkey code management tool is not available for use with Stanley Commercial Hardware products.

III. FORMS

For a copy of the following forms please contact the Stanley EndUser Consultant.

• End User Information and Code Release Agreement

• Stanley Patented Masterkey System DistributorAgreement Addendum (Exhibit B)

• Stanley Patented Masterkey System Security Authorization Form

• Stanley Patented Key Systems Security Procedure

• Stanley Patented Masterkey System Exclusive Keyway Addendum

• Stanley Patented Masterkey System End User Specific DistributorAgreement Addendum (Exhibit D)

Stanley reserves the right to change, modify or update this Policy at any time, in its sole discretion.

October 2015


BHMA U.S.No. No. Description

605 3 Bright brass, clear coated

606 4 Satin brass, clear coated

611 9 Bright bronze, clear coated

612 10 Satin bronze, clear coated

613 10B Oxidized satin bronze, oil rubbed

618 14 Bright nickel plated, clear coated

619 15 Satin nickel plated, clear coated

622 19 Flat black, coated

625 26 Bright chromium plated

626 26D Satin chromium plated

627 27 Satin aluminum, clear coated

628 28 Satin aluminum, clear anodized

629 32 Bright stainless steel

630 32D Satin stainless steel

690 20 Dark bronze coated

Architectural Finishes


9A9Extractor key*

How To Order1A 1 A 1

Key Shape (Bow) Key Type Keyway Cut Code Key Stamp Options

1A – Standard 1AP – Premium 2A – Large round 3A – Large rectangular 4A – Access bow 9A – Blockout blade

0 – Blockout blade 1 – Operating or blank 2 – Control 3 – Master 4 – Submaster 5 – Grandmaster 9 – Extractor key

Designate specific key-way (A, E, etc.) or mul-tiple keyways if ordering a multi-milled key.

1 – Blank 2 – Cut 4 – Special A4

KS654 x KS292 – BEST logo full embossing with stars (1A & 1AP only) KS112 – “U.S. Gov’t do not duplicate” KS567 – Premium

Specify KS#. Price for most custom design stamps available upon request.

B* – Long blade (1A only) H* – No hole (2A only) N* – Long nose (1A only) NKW – No keyway designation (standard on 1AP) P* – Plastic insert (4A only) S* – Key serialization

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. If keys are cut, you must specify keymark and number of each marking.

BEST Standard & Premium Keys

DESCRIPTION1A SERIESBlanksOperating-cutControl, Master, SM or GM-cut2A, 3A & 4A SERIESBlanksOperating-cutControl, Master SM or GM-cut9A SERIESBlockout bladesExtractor key (9A9)

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEDouble milling

Specific Keyways

Triple millingQuadruple millingFive milledLong blade (1A only) BNo hole (2A only) HLong nose (1A only) NPlastic insert (4A only) PKey serialization / key S

1A Standard

1AP Premium

1A Long Blade (B)*

1A Long Nose (N)*

2A 3A 4A*

9A0Blockout Blade

9A9Extractor Key

Cylinders/Keys/Cores

PREMIUM STANDARD

4.60 2.5012.00 8.5016.00 9.40

N/A 4.50 N/A 9.40 N/A 14.00

14.00 9.8014.00 9.80

ADD-ON3.205.107.80

12.003.202.106.203.202.10


How To Order1AK 1 B1 1 7 150

Key Shape (Bow) Key Type Keyway Cut Code Pin Size Key Series Options

1AK – Patented 9AK – Blockout blade

0 – Blockout blade 1 – Operating 2 – Control 3 – Master 4 – Submaster 5 – Grandmaster 9 – Extractor key

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10

1 – Blank 2 – Cut

6 – 6-pin (140 & 150 series) 7 – 7-pin (150 series only) 140 Series = 1CK cores 150 Series = 1CB cores

150 140

CS* – Custom stamp for key bow


BEST Peaks® Keys

DESCRIPTION1AK SERIESBlanksOperating-cutControl, Master, SM or GM-cut9AK SERIESBlockout blade & extractor key set

EXTRA COST OPTIONS*One-time die stamping cost (Note1)List price add-on per key blank (Note 2)

950.001.70


PATENTED

7.6018.0020.00

66.00

NOTE 1: Graphics and company logos are available upon request NOTE 2: Minimum 200 Keys Per Order


BEST Preferred Patented Keys

How To Order1AF 1 1P 1 7

Key Shape (Bow) Key Type Keyway Cut Code Pin Size Options

1AF – Preferred Patented 9AF – Preferred Blockout Blade

0 – Blockout blade 1 – Operating 2 – Control 3 – Master 4 – Submaster 5 – Grandmaster 9 – Extractor key

1P 2P 7P 8P 9P 10P


7 – 7-pin (150 series 1CF cores only) CS* – Custom stamp for key bow


DESCRIPTION1AF SERIESPATENTED blanksOperating-cutControl, Master, SM or GM-cut9AF SERIESBlockout blade & extractor key set

1.70One-time die stamping cost (Note1)List price add-on per key blank (Note 2)

EXTRA COST OPTIONS*950.00

1.70


PATENTED

7.9018.0021.00

66.00

NOTE 1: Graphics and company logos are available upon request. NOTE 2: Minimum 200 key blanks per order.


BEST CORMAX™ Patented Keys

How To Order1AM 1 X1 2 1 KS716

Key Shape (Bow) Key Type Keyway LevelCut

CodeKey Stamp Options

1AM – M series key 1AX – X series key 2AM – Large round 3AM – Large rectangular 4AM – Access bow 9AM – Blockout blade 9AX – Blockout blade

0 – Blockout blade 1 – Operating or blank 2 – Control 3 – Master 4 – Submaster 5 – Grandmaster 9 – Extractor key

MJ MK ML MM X1..X32, etc.

1 – (W) Non-exclusive 2 – (X) Two-digit zip code exclusive 3 – (Y) One digit zip code exclusive 4 – (Z) National exclusive


KS699 - 1AX Back KS716 - 1AM Front KS717 - 1AM Front KS800 - 1AM Back

B* – Long blade (1AM series only) H* – No hole (2AM series only) N* – Long nose (1AM series only) S* – Key serialization

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. Designate multiple keyways if ordering a multi-milled key. If keys are cut, you must specify keymark and number of each marking. **Must specify keyway when ordering blockout blades

DESCRIPTION1AM SERIESBlanksOperating-cutControl, Master, SM or GM-cut1AX SERIESBlanksOperating-cutControl, Master, SM or GM-cut2AM, 3AM & 4AM SERIESBlanksOperating-cutControl, Master SM or GM-cut9AM & 9AX SERIESBlockout BladesExtractor key (9AM9 or 9AX9)

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEDouble milling

Specific KeywaysQuadruple millingLong blade (1AM only) BNo hole (2AM only) HLong nose (1AM only) NKey serialization / key S

PATENTED

4.9011.0012.00

4.9011.0012.00

5.109.6015.00

12.0012.00

ADD-ON3.207.803.202.106.202.10


NOTES: 1: M Series key ways are backward compatible with STANDARD key ways of the same letter. 2: X Series key ways are NOT backward compatible. 3: Please contact factory for information regarding all security levels for the M and X Series. Levels 2, 3 and 4 require Masterkey Department authorization. 4: Match key keyways level to core key way level. 5: 3AM keys are available with M series keyways only


B Series Padlocks

How To Order41B 7 2 L

Shackle DiameterCore

HousingShackle Height Function Chain Option Special Stamp No. Options

11B – Brass 1/4” dia. 21B – Brass 5/16” dia. 41B – Brass 3/8” dia.

7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

Steel shackle 2 – 3/4” 21 – 1” w/ shroud (21B only) 22 – 1 1/2” 72 – 2” 82 – 4” Bronze shackle 0 – 3/4” 20 – 1 1/2” 70 – 2” 80 – 4”

T – Key retained L – Non-key retained

M – Case drilled for clevis only M1* – Bronze chain M5* – Galvanized steel chain M/CR* – Clevis Only

Blank – Best logo PS1010 – Safety first (11B & 21B) Specify PS# or describe stamp. Price for special stamps available upon request.

F3 – Frangible shackle (11B720 only) O* – Lockout/tagout S* – Car seal (41B only) ZZ* – Double lockout (11B only) XSPL* – Cut resistant shackle (21B & 41B only) WC* – Weather cover (21B & 41B only) SH – Shrouded padlock w/cut resis-tant shackle (21B only) 606* – Satin Brass finish (brass only)

*Indicates extra cost; see the last page of B Series. Must specify keymark and number of keys or designate L/C for less core.

SHACKLE HEIGHT

SHACKLE CODEBRONZE STEEL

11B SERIES3/4” 0 21-1/2” 20 222” 70 724” 80 8221B SERIES3/4” 0 21-1/2” 20 222” 70 724” 80 8241B SERIES3/4” 0 21-1/2” 20 222” 70 724” 80 8221B Series with Shroud* 1” N/A 21

Padlocks

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORELESS CORE

PATENTED** PREMIUM STANDARD

116.00 117.00 106.00 48.00116.00 117.00 106.00 48.00119.00 120.00 109.00 51.00126.00 127.00 116.00 58.00

117.00 118.00 107.00 49.00117.00 118.00 107.00 49.00120.00 121.00 110.00 52.00127.00 128.00 117.00 59.00

119.00 120.00 109.00 51.00119.00 120.00 109.00 51.00122.00 123.00 112.00 54.00129.00 130.00 119.00 61.00

164.00 165.00 154.00 96.00

*Pricing includes stainless steel shroud and cut-resistent shackle. Must include “SH” option when ordering **Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying.

NOTE: 626 finish is standard on brass padlock series.


B Series Padlocks (continued)

DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER

CABLE PADLOCKSJacketed – 24” cable 21JB7-24TJacketed – 36” cable 21JB7-36TJacketed – 48” cable 21JB7-48TExtra cable per ft. or fraction thereof jacketed Add-On

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODE

Bronze chain M1Galvanized steel chain M5Lockout / tagout OPadlock weather covers (21B-41B only) WCCut resistant shackle XSPLCar seal slot (41B only) S Satin Brass Finish 606Double lockout safety (11B only) ZZClevis Only M/CR

ACCESSORIES CATALOG NUMBER

Frangible shackle kit* 11B2OFKFrangible shackle only 11B2OFF

REPAIRS SERIES

Includes all new parts, even a shackle, if necessary, but not a core or a new chain

11B21B41B

M1

M5

Padlocks

ADD-ON

8.7015.0011.006.00

21.0017.0017.0020.004.80

PRICE

167.008.70

PRICE33.0033.0033.00


PATENTED PREMIUM STANDARD

137.00 138.00 127.00 69.00143.00 144.00 133.00 75.00150.00 151.00 140.00 82.007.20 7.20 7.20 7.20

*Includes: padlock disassembly tool, three shackles and springs.

NOTE: Chain options are not available on cable padlocks or padlocks with shroud.


BEST Standard & Premium Cores

How To Order1C 7 A 1 606

Core Type Core Size Keyway Combinating Code Options Finish

1C – Standard 1CD – Drill resistant 1CDP – Drill resistant Premium 1CP – Premium 2C** – Core for 8L mailbox 3C – Core for 8E cylinder 5C** – High security 6C – Core for 4S cylinders 6CP – Premium core for 4S cylinder

5 – 5-pin (1C only) 6 – 6-pin (1C only) 7 – 7-pin

Designate specific keyway (A, E, etc.)

1 – Uncombinated 2 – Combinated (B, W, P options)

B* – Pick & drill resistant (1CD only) K* – Key trap (1C only) P* – Pick resistant T* – Key retained (6C & 6CP only) W* – Wear resistant

605 606 611 612 613 625 626 690

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **Requires long blade key. If combinated, you must specify keymark and number of keys.

PART DESCRIPTION PART NO. QUANTITY PER PKG.

Standard pin segments A0, A1 etc. 100Spool pin segments (Note 1) A6, A7, etc. 100Stainless steel segments A0, A1, etc. 100Core caps (500 per pkg.) 21C 500Core springs (500 per pkg.) 22S 500

DESCRIPTION COMBINATING CODE

1C & 1CP SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 21CD & 1CDP SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 22C & 3C SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 25C SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 26C & 6CP SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 2


Pick &/or drill resistant B,PKey trap KKey retained TWear resistant W


PRICE PER PKG.

8.108.80

42.0012.0030.00

PREMIUM STANDARD

42.00 36.0069.00 58.00

61.00 55.0088.00 77.00

N/A 38.00N/A 60.00

N/A 52.00N/A 70.00

45.00 38.0072.00 60.00

ADD-ON

N/A 19.00N/A 8.70N/A 8.70N/A 8.70

NOTE: Standard spool pin segments are available in the following sizes: A6; A7; A8; A9; B8; B10; C3; C4; C5; C6; D6; D8; E3; E4; E5; F6; F7; & F8. (B6 spool pin segements should not be used with 5C core.


BEST Peaks® Cores

How To Order1CB 7 B1 1 626

Core Type Core Size Keyway Combinating Code Finish Style

1CB – 150 Series 1CK – 140 Series

6 – 6-pin (140 & 150 series) 7 – 7-pin (150 series only)

B1 B6 B2 B7 B3 B10

1 – Uncombinated 2 – Combinated

626 – Simulated 606 – Simulated

3840 - BEST I/C 6 pin 140 series See the list below for other options.

*If combinated, you must specify keymark and number of keys.

1CB SERIES PEAKS CORESSERIES STYLE DESCRIPTION INTERCHANGEABLE CORE3856 BEST I/C 6-pin brass 150 Series3857 BEST I/C 7-pin brass 150 Series

1CK SERIES PEAKS CORESSERIES STYLE DESCRIPTION INTERCHANGEABLE CORE3840 BEST I/C 6-pin brass 140 SeriesCONVENTIONAL CYLINDERS (KIK = Key in Knob)3404 Corbin Russwin CK4200 grade, 1 knob & UT5200 unit lock3406 Arrow, LSDA, Schlage “06” kit includes 2 security bushings, 3 faced tailpieces3408 Sargent 7, 8 & 9 line knob

3410Sargent Kit for 6,10, 65 line and 2000 exit device line; includes security bushing and 2 fixed tailpieces (Use A and E bottom pins only)

3454 Yale 5300 grade 2 & 5400 grade 1 knob3455 Corbin Russwin CL3900 & Yale 5400LN grade 1 lever3476 Sargent 7600 Integra Lock

3495Falcon, Sargent & Weiser cyl. kit for small dia. plug faces; 3 fixed & 3 lost motion tailpiece (Use J or K bottom pins only)

3499*Peaks Universal “99” cyl. kit includes 3 fixed & 3 lost motion tailpieces (Use J or K bottom pins only)

REMOVABLE CORE6140 6-pin Corbin Russwin R/C6240-6 6-pin Yale R/C6240-7 6-pin for 7-pin housing Yale R/C6340 6-pin Medeco R/C6440 6-pin Schlage R/C6540 6-pin Sargent R/C


COMBINATED UNCOMBINATED

84.00 48.0084.00 48.00


84.00 48.00

102.00 65.00102.00 65.00102.00 65.00

102.00 65.00

102.00 65.00102.00 65.00102.00 65.00

102.00 65.00

102.00 65.00

114.00 71.00114.00 71.00114.00 71.00114.00 71.00118.00 80.00114.00 71.00

*The 3499 universal cylinder should be used for all Key in Knob applicatiosn except Falcon, Sargent, Weiser Locks and specialty applications listed above. Refer to the BEST Peakes Technical Manual for various KIK Tailpiece Configurations.


BEST Preferred Patented Cores

How To Order1CF 7 1P 1 626

Core Type Core Size Keyway Combinating Code Style Options Finish

1CF – 150 Series Patented 3CF - Core for 8E Cylinder 150 Series 6CF - Core for 4S Cylinders 150 Series

6 – 6-pin (140 series only) 7 – 7-pin (150 series only)

1P 2P 7P 8P 9P 10P


See list below for style op-tions

(150 Series only) B* – Pick & drill resistant (1CDF only) K* – Key trap P* – Pick resistant T* – Key retained (6CF only) W* – Wear resistant D* - Drill Resistant

626** – Simu-lated 606** – Simu-lated 612 – Simulated 613 – Simulated

*Indicates extra cost option; see below If combinated, you must specify keymark and number of keys.

1CF, 1CDF, 3CF AND 6CF PREFERRED PATENTED CORESDESCRIPTION INTERCHANGEABLE CORE1CF - BEST Preferred I/C 7-pin brass 150 series1CDF - BEST Preferred drill resistant I/C 7-pin brass 150 series3CF - BEST Preferred I/C for 8E cylinder 7-pin brass 150 series6CF - BEST Preferred I/C for 4S cylinder 7-pin brass 150 series

EXTRA COST OPTIONS OPTION CODEPick and/or drill resistant B, D, PKey Trap KKey Retained TWear Resistant W



88.00 57.00107.00 75.0099.00 62.0099.00 62.00

ADD-ON19.008.708.708.70

*The 3499 universal cylinder should be used for all Key in Knob applications except Falcon, Sargent, Weiser Locks and specialty applications listed above. Refer to the BEST Peaks Technical Manual for various KIK Tailpiece Configurations.


BEST CORMAX™ Patented Cores

How To Order1CM 7 X1 3 1 626

Core Type Core Size Keyway LevelCombinating

CodeOptions Finish

1CM – CORMAX Core M Series 1CX – CORMAX Core X Series 1CDM – CORMAX Drill resistant (M Series only) 1CDX – CORMAX Drill resistant (X Series only) 5CM*** – CORMAX for High security (M Series only) 6CM – CORMAX Core for 4S cylinder 6CX - CORMAX Core for 4S cylinder

6 – 6-pin 7 – 7-pin

MJ MK ML MM X1..X32, etc.

1 – (W) Non-exclusive 2 – (X) Two-digit zip code exclusive 3 –(Y) One digit zip code exclusive 4 – (Z) National exclusive

1 – Uncombinated 2 – Com-binated (B Option)

B* – Pick & drill resistant (1CDM or 1CDX only) K* – Key trap (1CM only) P* – Pick resistant T* – Key retained (6CM only) W* – Wear resistant

605 606 611 612 613 625 626 690

*Indicates extra cost option; see below If combinated, you must specify keymark and number of keys.


1CM / 1CX SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 21CDM / 1CDX SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 25CM SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 26CM SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 26CX SERIESUncombinated 1Combinated 2

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEPick &/or drill resistant P & BKey trap KKey retained TWear resistant W

PART DESCRIPTION PART NO. QUANTITY PER PKG.

Standard pin segments A0, A1 etc. 100Spool pin segments (Note 1) A6, A7, etc. 100Stainless steel segments A0, A1, etc. 100Core caps (500 per pkg.) 21C 500Core springs (500 per pkg.) 22S 500


CORMAX

48.0068.00

67.0087.00

63.0078.00

51.0069.00

51.0069.00

ADD-ON19.008.708.708.70

PRICE PER PKG.

8.108.8042.0012.0030.00

NOTES 1: M Series key ways are backward compatible with Standard key ways of the same letter. 2: X Series key ways are NOT backward compatible. 3: Please contact factory for information regarding all security levels for the M and X Series. Levels 2, 3 and 4 require Masterkey Department authorization. 4: Match key keyways level to core key way level.

NOTE: Standard spool pin segments are available in the following sizes: A6; A7; A8; A9; B8; B10; C3; C4; C5; C6; D6; D8; E3; E4; E5; F6; F7; & F8. (B6 spool pin segements should not be used with 5C core.


D Series Service Equipment

DESCRIPTION CATALOG NO.

AD SERIES - KEY EQUIPMENT

Key combinator (Standard & CORMAX) AD433*

Key combinator—Premium AD433P*

Key carriage (Standard & CORMAX M Series keyways) AD434

Key carriage—Premium AD434PKey combinator system conversion Call to OrderKey cut indicator (in CD431 Kit) AD501*Key calibrator (mechanical) AD502Key calibrator (digital) AD502DKey stamping plate (55 standard keys) AD504ABD SERIES - PADLOCK EQUIPMENTAssembly kit complete BD640Tweezers—6” (in BD640 Kit) BD641Shackle plug tool (in BD640 Kit) BD642Holding plate (in BD640 Kit) BD643Rivet flaring tool BD650Storage hook (41B & 61B) BD651Padlock disassembly tool (11B, 21B, 41B) BD654Lockout BD655Lockout ties (pkg. of 50) BD656ALockout name tag BD657Lockout / tagout BD658Corrison-free aerosol lubricant BD660CD SERIES - CORE EQUIPMENTCombinating kit complete CD431*Combinating bin CD433Stamping plate—face only (87 cores) CD504BStamping plate—side only (50 cores) CD504CCore capping / decapping press CD517Graphite gun CD535Graphite—1 lb. container CD535A

Capping / decapping block for 1C 150 (in CD431 Kit) CD540

Hand capping pin for use with capping block (in CD431 Kit) CD547

Ejector pin (in CD431 Kit) CD548Tweezers—3” (in CD431 Kit) CD549Combinating bin kit CD435DD SERIES - COMBINATING EQUIPMENTLetter dies—1/16” or 3/32” DD502Number dies—1/16” or 3/32” DD503Core / key marking block (1 core & key) DD513Core / key marking plate (5 cores & 10 keys) DD514Magnetic strip (2 ea. in DD514) DD514ALPS lubricant DD537Combinating hammer with plastic head DD550Plastic heads (for DD550) DD551


ED SERIES - CYLINDER EQUIPMENTMortise cylinder wrench ED211Mortise cylinder assembly tool ED212Thread repair die 1E cylinder ED221Cylinder cam testing tool ED2223E Cylinder hole tap ED2241E Cylinder hole tap ED225Eurocylinder wrench ED8015E Combinating kit complete (Note 1) 5ED2505E Thread tap—3/4” x 24 5ED2535E Capping block (in 5ED250 Kit) 5ED2615E Cap depressor (in 5ED250 Kit) 5ED2625P Capping fixture 5PD655KA SERIES - DOOR ADAPTOR KITSMortise to cylindrical 1” faceplate 62KA2AMortise to cylindrical 1-1/8” faceplate 83KA2AWrap-around 2-3/8” backset (160) 62KA2BWrap-around 2-3/4” backset (161) 83KA2BKD SERIES - CYLINDRICAL/TUBULAR EQUIPMENT9K Throughbolt drill jig KD303Boring jig kit complete (Note 3) KD304ADrill bit—2-1/8” KD308Faceplate marking chisel (160) KD312Faceplate marking chisel (161) 1-1/8” KD3158K Spanner wrench KD3169K Spanner wrench KD317Drill bit—1” x 9” KD318Strike plate locating pin KD325Return spring loading tool KD340KNOB ADAPTATION CUT-OFF FIXTURES FOR:Schlage D Series KD352SYale #5400 KD351Y

The security items in this series are available only to registered BEST Masterkey System owners. The restriction is for the purpose of avoiding proliferation of equipment that could be used to comprimise the security of such systems.

Auxiliary Locks

PRICE

4943.00

5675.00

769.00

640.00636.0035.00791.002032.001749.00

413.0023.00297.0096.00250.0017.00174.0020.0032.006.606.6028.00

982.00394.001749.001749.002656.0030.0052.00

198.00

24.00

17.005.70

1982.00

250.0086.00198.00511.004.7023.00118.0035.00

PRICE

44.0077.00

545.0046.00

469.00469.00160.001051.00210.00307.0083.00

665.00

89.0089.0089.0089.00

8.001175.00394.00106.00106.00

8.008.0086.0035.0072.00

202.00202.00

*Specify A2, A3 or A4 keying system

NOTES: 1: Specify A2, A3 or A4 keying system. 2: Specify door thickness (630 finish only). 3: KD304A includes a boring jig and a 3/8” adapter chuck. (The boring jig and 3/8” adaptor chuck are not sold sperately).


D Series Service Equipment (continued)


140 SERIES BOTTOM PINSA2 Bottom pins (except for 6140, 6440, & 6540 RC, and KIK cylinders) A2A0 thru A2A9A2 Bottom pins for 6140 & 6540 RC, and KIK cylinders A2J0 thru A2J9A4 Bottom pins (except for 6140, 6440, & 6540 RC, and KIK cylinders) A4E0 thru A4E5A4 Bottom pins for 6140 & 6540 RC, and KIK cylinders A4K0 thru A4K5A2 Bottom pins for 6440 removable cores A2X0 thru A2X9140 SERIES TOP PINSA2 Top pins for all products (except 6440 removeable core) Use BEST top pins (see page 10)A4 Top pins for all products (except 6440 removeable core) Use BEST top pins (see page 10)A2 Top pins for 6440 removeable core A2W2 thru A2W19PATENT TOP & BOTTOM PINSPatent top pins for all IC and RC cylinders PT1Patent top pins for KIK cylinders PT2Patent bottom pins (except for 6140, 6440, & 6540 RC, and KIK cylinders) PB1Patent bottom pins for 6140 & 6540 RC, and KIK cylinders PB2TIMING PINSTiming pin for 6340 and 6540 RC cylinders TP6312SEGMENT SPRINGSSprings for all products except Schlage 6440 RC SS4220Springs for Schlage 6440 RC SS4010SPRING SLIDE COVERSSpring cover for all KIK cylinders and 6440 RC SC2000Spring cover for 6140 & 6240 RC, mortise, and rim cylinders SC2005Spring cover for 6340 and 6540 RC cylinders SC2001Caps for 3840 IC core Use BEST 21C caps (see page 10)C-ClipsC-clip for IC and KIK cylinders CR4002C-clip for 6140 RC cylinders CR4003C-clip for 6240 RC cylinder CR4004C-clip for 6340 RC cylinder CR4005CAPPING TOOLSStaking fixture for KIK, mortise, and rim cylinders CD4000Staking fixture for IC, and all RC cylinders (except 6440 RC) CD6840Staking tool for KIK, and all RC cylinders (except 6440 RC) CD4001Staking fixture for 6440 RC cylinder CD6440Staking tool for 6440 RC cylinder CD6401Plug follower CD4003140 & 150 key gage for both A2 and A4 AD4050PIN KITSPeaks universal A2 pin kit complete (Manufactured by KABA) CD5012Peaks universal A4 pin kit complete (Manufactured by KABA) CD5004Peaks Schlage 6440 RC A2 pin kit complete (Manufactured by KABA) CD5002AD SERIES - KEY EQUIPMENT (You must purchase directly from Best)Key combinator – Peaks® 6-pin AD436*Key combinator – Peaks® 7-pin AD437*Key carriage – Peaks® 6-pin AD436KKey carriage – Peaks® 7-pin AD437KCAPPING TOOLS (You must purchase directly from Best)140 Series IC Capper/Decapper press CD517P140 IC Capping block only (order CD540 for 150 IC) CD540P140 & 150 Key cut indicator (Peaks equipment) AD4050140 & 150 IC Capping tool (for use with capping block) CD547

The security items in this series are available only to registered BEST Masterkey System owners. The restriction is for the purpose of avoiding proliferation of equipment that could be used to comprimise the security of such systems.

Auxiliary Locks

PRICE

17.0017.0017.0017.0017.00

N/AN/A

17.00

49.0049.0049.0049.00

49.00

67.0067.00

49.0049.0049.00N/A

2.502.502.502.50

520.00520.00244.00260.00244.0042.0066.00

1328.001328.001328.00

6019.006019.00998.00998.00

2614.00195.0066.0024.00

All 140 Series keys and 150 Series keys unsing B3 through B6 keyways arequire a key milling machine. *Specify A2 or A4 keying system.


KRD Series Key Retaining Devices

How To OrderKRD-2 UL-KRD-2 S

Device type Part number Option

DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBERBEST core modelsKRD-2 BEST Core Model UL-KRD-2KRD-2H Hybrid (Sargent/BEST Model) UL-KRD-2H SAR/BESTKRD-2H Hybrid (BEST/Schlage FSIC Model) UL-KRD-2H BEST/SCHKRD-3 BEST Core Dual Function Model UL-KRD-3Non-BEST Full size core modelsKRD-2 Corbin Russwin 6-pin IC UL-CR6-KRD-2KRD-2 Corbin Russwin 7-pin IC UL-CR7-KRD-2KRD-2 Medeco IC UL-MED-KRD-2KRD-2 Sargent RC UL-SAR-KRD-2KRD-2 Schlage FSIC UL-SCH-KRD-2KRD-2 Yale 6-pin IC UL-YA6-KRD-2KRD-2 Yale 7-pin IC UL-YA7-KRD-2

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESwitch SSecurity seal SS

Auxiliary Locks

PRICE

419.00481.00481.00622.00

481.00481.00481.00481.00481.00481.00481.00

ADD-ON148.00132.00

*Add option code to part number shown above.


QU-I.C-SYSTEM Combinating Tool Packages

How To OrderBQDP A2 7 Example: GM 8301836 CTL 4189250

Package description System Type Core size System Code Information REQUIREMENT

Dedi

cate

d BQDP – Basic QU-I.C-KEY Dedicated Package PQDP – Professional QU-I.C-KEY Dedicated Package

A2 – A2 System A4 – A4 System

6 – 6-pin 7 – 7-pin

YES System Grand Master and Control codes must be supplied

Uni

vers

al BQUP – Basic QU-I.C-KEY Universal Package PQUP – Professional QU-I.C-KEY Universal Package

A2 – A2 System A4 – A4 System

6 – 6-pin 7 – 7-pin

NO Code information is not necessary.

DESCRIPTION CATALOG NO.Dedicated Packages

These QU-I.C-KEYS are permanently factory built specifically for just one key system. Grand master & Control codes are required. These tools are intended for long-term use by Institutional Locksmiths and others who continuously work with the same key system(s).

Basic dedicated package, includes: QKD, QLT-6 or QLT-7, QTT, QCT, QTJ, and QPT (see individual components listed below). BQDP-A2/A4-pin/GM & CTL *

Professional dedicated package, includes all components in the basic package, plus QTA, QPP and CKT-80 (see individual components listed below). PQDP-A2/A4-pin/GM & CTL *

Universal Packages

Using a blank QU-I.C-KEY and code strips, you get to custom build a QU-I.C-KEY for any A2 key system that you are working with. These kits are better suited for temporary use and re-use - not for longer term of continous key system use. A4 System kits are also available.

Basic universal package, includes: QKD, QLT-6 or QLT-7, QTT, QCT, QTJ, and QPT (see individual components listed below). BQUP-A2/A4-pin *

Professional universal package, includes all components in the basic package, plus QPP, QTA and CKT-80 (see individual components listed below). PQUP-A2/A4-pin *

Individual ComponentsDedicated QU-I.C-KEY with viewing base (system information required) QKD-A2/A4-pin/GM & CTLDedicated QU-I.C-KEY tool only (system information required) QKDT-A2/A4-pin/GM & CTLUniversal QU-I.C-KEY with viewing base (specify A2 or A4 system) QKU-A2/A4Universal QU-I.C-KEY tool only (specify A2 or A4 system) QKUT-A2/A4QU-I.C-LOAD tool (specify 6 or 7-pin cores) QLT-6 * or QLT-7 *QU-I.C-TEST tool QTT *QU-I.C-CHEX Tool QCT *QU-I.C-Tweez-jector QTJQU-I.C-Preamer QPTQU-I.C-Power preamer QPPQU-I.C-TEST Adapter (must be used with QTT) QTA12 Position Core & key tray CKT-1280 Position Core & key tray CKT-80

Auxiliary Locks

PRICE

1602

2004

2007

2404

5163899553803965479114612391208178372

*Not compatible with the special 140 Series.


E Series Cylinders

How To Order1E 7 4 C4 RP3 626

Series Core Housing Function Code Length Code Cam or Spindle Rings Finish

See Below*** 0 – Dummy 6 – 6-pin 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

See below Blank – Standard 22 – 1-3/8" 24 – 1-1/2" up to 6" (See length code below)

C4 – Standard cam C181 – Adams Rite MS cam S2 – Standard spindle For a complete list of cams, see the next page.

RP – Rim cylinder RP1 – Tapered cylinder RP2 – 6-pin mortise RP3 – 7-pin mortise RP4 – 3E mortise For special rings, see the catalog.

626 690 Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625

*Indicates extra cost; see below. Must specify keymark and number of keys or designate L/C for less core. ***1E Special Lengths only available on 1E4 7-Pin

LENGTH CODE

CYLINDER LENGTH

22 1 3/8"

24 1 1/2"

26 1 5/8"

28 1 3/4"

30 1 7/8"

32 2"

34 2 1/8"

36 2 1/4"

40 2 1/2"

44 2 3/4"

48 3"

56 3 1/2"

64 4"

72 4 1/2"

80 5"

88 5 1/2"

92 5 3/4"

94 5 7/8"

96 6"

SERIES/DESCRIPTION FUNCTION OR LENGTH CODE

1-5/32” DIAMETER CYLINDERS12E Standard rim 2

1EStandard mortise 4Tapered mortise 6Dummy rim / mortise (0-pin**) 02/04

1EA Turn knob-rim / mortise (6-pin**) A2/A41EB Rim / mortise with dust cover B2/B41EC Square head mortise C41ED Slabbed direct motion (7-pin**) D4

1EESlabbed lost motion (7-pin**) (Specify RH or LH hand.) E4

1EF Standard lost motion (Note 1) F41EG Hotel shifting cam G41EJ High security—UL-listed (7-pin**) J41EK High security—Non-UL (7-pin**) K41E SERIES SPECIAL LENGTH MORTISE CYLINDERS1-3/8” 22

Each additional 1/8” (1-1/2” to 6”) See catalog for lengths available. 24 to 96

3E SERIESMortise-1-1/2” diameter (7-pin**) 4

*EXTRA COST OPTION Satin finish—606, 612, 613, etc. Bright finish—605, 611, 625, etc.

PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Cams 1EC4, etc.Standard rings 1ER2, 3, 4, 5Straight rings (Specify lengths.) 1ER7Tapered rings (Specify lengths.) 1ER8Security rings (Specify lengths.) 1ESRSpindles 1ES2, 3Hex nut for 1E A00836Standard throw pins A40095Throw pins—Adams Rite MS Cam A20924

Auxiliary Locks

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORE LESS COREPATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

120.00 121.00 110.00 52.00129.00 130.00 119.00 61.00129.00 130.00 119.00 61.00

N/A N/A N/A 32.00N/A N/A N/A 45.00

161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00

161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00

161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00237.00 N/A 231.00 N/A156.00 N/A 151.00 N/A

150.00 151.00 140.00 82.00

3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90

161.00 162.00 151.00 93.00

PART PRICE

WITH LOCK ADD-ON

4.40 0.003.90 0.0014.00 5.9018.00 13.0059.00 0.003.90 0.003.50 0.000.70 0.000.70 0.00

ADD-ON3.805.40

*Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying. **Only Standard and CORMAX M Series keying available on 1EJ and 1EK cylinders.

NOTE 1: Specify stop pin right or left of cam from back view.


E Series Cylinders (continued)

Use the following table to determine the kinds of cams available for 1E, 3E and 5E cylinders.

CAMS LISTING

Cam Type Cams by Cylinder Type

1E Cyl 3E Cyl 5E Cyl

Cabinet C224 C225 C228 C229 C235 C238 C241 C246 C248 C249 C250 C253 C500 thru C509 (C500, C501, C502, etc) A04607 A08854 A10281 A14154

C2A C245 C4A C3 C2B C4B A10281 A21198 A26344

Cloverleaf C118 C161 C204 C222 C243 C254 C256 C258 C265 C281

C118 C161

Roller C142 C221 C227 C240 C251 A04533

A04533

Straight C101 C103 C110 C115 C121 C123 C124 C127 C128 C129 C130 C131 C134 C136 C137 C143 C148 C152 C162 C165 C169 C171 C173 C177 C178 C179 C181 C182 C185 C186 C187 C191 C193 C200 C203 C208 C209 C210 C211 C220 C223 C226 C231 C233 C234 C239 C242 C247 C252 C4

C127 C136 C208 C210 C3 C4

Thumbturn C140 C410 thru (C401, C402, etc)

Two-point C102 C114

Auxiliary Locks


5E and 8E Series Utility Cylinders (Cam Locks)

How To Order5E 7 A 1 C R708 4B 21 12 R 90 626

SeriesLock Body

KeywayCombinating

CodeCam

MotionRing

LengthCam Type*

Cam Length

Mounting Position

Cam Direction

Degree of Rotation

Finish

5E – 3/4” 6 – 6-pin 7 – 7-pin

Designate specific keyway (A, E, etc.)**


A – Direct B – Limited C – Lost motion D – Throw member drive

R701 – 1/16” R702 – 1/8” R703 – 3/16” R704 – 1/4” R705 – 5/16” R706 – 3/8” R707 – 7/16” R708 – 1/2” etc.

1 – Fixed Straight 2A – Fixed offset in 2B – Fixed offset out 3 – Lost motion 4A – Lost motion offset in 4B – Lost motion offset out D – Direct throw member

10 – 5/8” 12 – 3/4” 14 – 7/8” 16 – 1” and so forth in 16ths of an inch

3 – 3 o’clock 6 – 6 o’clock 9 – 9 o’clock 12 – 12 o’clock

R – Right L – Left

90 – 90° 180 – 180° 360 – 360°

626 Only

*See the previous page for other compatible 5E cams. If combinated, you must specify keymark and number of keys. **5E cylinders available in Standard and Premium keyways only.

5E - Offset In

5E - Offset Out


5E—Uncombinated 15E—Combinated 2

PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERCams 5EC1, etc.Slide cap—6-pin 5ECP6Slide cap—7-pin 5ECP7Cam screws 5ECSHex nut 3/4” 5EHCam screw lock washer 5ELWRings (Specify length.) 5ER7Springs (box of 500) 5ES1Lock body washer 5EW

DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER

8E SERIES EUROCYLINDERSSingle cylinder—elliptical*** 8EA7A5Double cylinder—elliptical*** 8EA7A6Single cylinder—profile**** 8EE7E4Double cylinder—profile**** 8EE7E5Cylinder x turn knob–profile**** 8EE7E8Union single cylinder****** 8EH7H5Union double cylinder****** 8EH7H6Union cylinder x turn knob****** 8EH7H7Union cylinder x lever turn****** 8EH7H8

Auxiliary Locks

PRICE COMPLETE

59.0079.00

PART PRICE4.700.900.902.004.002.005.5032.002.00


PATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

N/A N/A 144.00 84.00N/A N/A 221.00 101.00N/A N/A 223.00 163.00N/A N/A 295.00 175.00N/A N/A 223.00 163.00

201.00 202.00 191.00 133.00308.00 310.00 288.00 172.00219.00 220.00 209.00 151.00274.00 275.00 264.00 206.00

ATTENTION: Locksets that secure both sides of the door are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. Delay in unlocking for rapid emergency exit could be hazardous or even fatal.

*To order 8EE7E5, you must specify the ring length and critical dimensions. Refer to the catalog section “Cylinders.” **Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for BEST preferred patented keying. ***Available in 605,606,619,625,626 finishes ****Available in 606,613,619,626 finishes *****Available in 606,625,626 finishes


Keystone® 600N5 Key Control Software

KS 600IMP 1

Series ProductQuantity of Files to

be Imported

KS – Key Control Software

600IMP – Import/Append of Mas-terkey codes and other data

Price per File imported (see below)

SOFTWARE PACKAGES OPTION CODESoftware PackagesKS600N 5 Logins (Default)

UpgradeKS600NUP Version 3.53 to 5.0***KS600N5UD Version 4.X to 5.0***

KS 600N 2 1

Series Product # of Logins # of Databases

KS – Key Control Software

600N – Full install for KS600 software 600NUP – Upgrade from KS600 version 3.53 to 5.11* 600N5UD – Upgrade from Keystone 600N version 4.x to 5.0 600UD – Upgrade from older version of KS600 version 3.52 to 3.53** 600NLU – Increase the number of logins for existing KS600N Program 600NDB – Add more Facility Databases to an existing KS600N program

1 – 5 logins (default) 2*** – 10 logins 3**** – 15 logins etc.

1 – One Facility database (default) 2 – Two Facility Databases 3 – Three Facility Databases


Number of logins purchased with KS600NUP

10 Logins15 Logins20 Logins 25 Logins

Number of facility database purchased with KS600NUP Single additional facility database

Number of login upgrades purchasedKS600NLU-1 (5 additional logins)

KS600NLU-2 (10 additional logins)KS600NLU-3 (15 additional logins)

Number of facility database upgrades purchasedKS600NDB-1 (1 added facility db)KS600NDB-2 (2 added facility db)KS600NDB-3 (3 added facility db)

Number of files to be imported (Masterkeycodes, other data)****KS600IMP-1KS600IMP-2KS600IMP-3

Auxiliary Locks

PRICE

3656.00

1833.00580.00

ADD-ON580.00

1160.001740.002320.00580.00580.00

1160.001740.00580.00

1160.001740.00807.00

1614.002421.00

***All 5.0 version upgrades come with 5 logins standard.

****NOTE: Each key way system will normally be an additional file charge.


45H Series Mortise Locks

How To Order45H 7 R 14 H 626 RH

Series Core HousingFunction

CodeLever Style Trim Style Finish

Door Hand

Options

45H – Standard mortise lock

0** – Less cylinder (non-keyed or dummy trim) 7 – 7-pin housing accepts all BEST cores

A – Office D – Storeroom L – Privacy N – Passage R – Classroom T – Dormitory etc. See below

3 – Solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17R* – Gull wing RH 17L* – Gull wing LH Knobs: 4 – Round Decorative* 50-91 OEM**** - Service (less lever)**

H – 2-3/4”dia. R – 2-3/4”dia. S – 3-1/2” dia J* – wrought M* – forged N* – forged (concealed cylinder; N trim invalid on non-keyed and double keyed func-tions)

618 626 630*** 690 622 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625 629***

RH RHR LH LHR

7/8”* – 7/8” lip-to-center strike LL* – Lead lined MNT* – Mounted sample SH* – Security head screws Thick Door* – Specify thickness if other than 1-3/4” TAC/B* – Tactile both levers/knobs TAC/O* – Tactile outside lever/knob TAC/I* – Tactile inside lever/knob VIN* – Visual Indicator*** VT* – Vandal trim VIT* - Visual Indicator Thumb-Turn WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

*Indicates extra cost option **Indicates cost deduction. Must specify keymark and number of keys or designate L/C for less core. ***VIN option only compatible with H, R and J Trim Styles. ****OEM option is only compatible with H, R and S Trim Styles. Note: Trim Style selection only provides Thumb-Turn in applicable functions.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODE

Single Keyed:Latch A, AT, D, RDeadbolt AB, B, BA, BW, T, TA, TDHoldback RHBHotel H, HJDeadlock AD, YDDeadlock-Classroom RDDouble Keyed:Latch C, INL, WDeadbolt G, IND, S, INAHoldback CHBDeadlock WDKeyless:Passage NPrivacy (Latch) LTPrivacy (Deadbolt) L, LBExit NXSingle Dummy 1DTDouble Dummy 2DTUniversal FunctionsLatch UNRDeadbolt UNT, UNAB

Federal Spec. 86 ANSI Series 1000

Mortise Locks



816.00 817.00 806.00 748.00839.00 840.00 829.00 771.00830.00 831.00 820.00 762.00

N/A N/A 923.00 865.00368.00 369.00 358.00 300.00414.00 415.00 404.00 346.00

951.00 953.00 931.00 815.00976.00 978.00 956.00 840.00976.00 978.00 956.00 840.00502.00 504.00 482.00 366.00

N/A N/A N/A 590.00N/A N/A N/A 680.00N/A N/A N/A 699.00N/A N/A N/A 680.00N/A N/A N/A 256.00N/A N/A N/A 455.00

815.00 816.00 805.00 747.00830.00 831.00 820.00 762.00

*Patented pricing show is for CORMAX patented keying. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying. Note: 47H Series must be keyed at the factory unless the K option is ordered.


45H Series Mortise Locks (continued)

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, 619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMWrought trim JThick door Specify thicknessTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/ILead lined LLForged trim M, NSecurity head screws SH7/8" Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTCMounted Samples MNTVandal trim - 630 finish*** VTVandal trim - other finishes*** VTVisual Indicator**** VINVisual Indicator Thumb-Turn VIT12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50 to 91COST DEDUCTIONS** OPTION CODELess cylinder option (Deduct from complete price) 0OEM - Service (Less lever/trim)***** OEM

PER LOCK29.0056.0058.0011.0081.00115.0058.0058.00223.0090.0021.0021.00Quote143.00109.0042.0066.0063.00202.00

DEDUCT61.0026.00

*Indicates extra cost option. **Not available on #17 levers.

*** Available only with #14 and #15 levers. Only #14 lever complies with California State Fire Marshal Code. ****VIN option only compatible with H, R and J Trim Styles. *****Product Note: The Stanley BHMA listed lock with trim from another manufacturer in this price book is not being offered as a BHMA listed product. Stanley cannot ensure the compatibility of our lock with any third party product and such products have not been tested as a combined unit. Please see Stanley warranty for further details.

Mortise Locks


47H Series High Security Mortise Lock

How To Order47H 7 R 14 M 626 RH

Series Core HousingFunction

CodeLever Style Trim Style Finish

Door Hand

Options

47H – Lever/ Knob - High Security mortise lock

7 – 7-pin housing accepts 5C core only

A – Office D – Storeroom R – Classroom T – Dormitory etc.

Levers: 3 – Solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17* – Gull wing Knobs: 4 – Round Decorative* 50–91

H*** – 2-3/4” dia R*** – 2-3/4” dia S*** – 3-1/2” dia M – Forged

626 630 626AM* 630AM*

RH RHR LH LHR

7/8”* – 7/8” Lip-to-center strike K – Non UL cylinder LL* – Lead lined TAC/B* – Tactile both levers/knobs TAC/O* – Tactile outside lever/knob TAC/I* – Tactile inside lever/knob Thick Door* – specify thickness if other than 1 3/4” VT* – Vandal Trim WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* See 45H section. ** Indicates cost deduction; see 45H section. Must specify keymark and number of keys. ***To maintain the UL437 standard for high security locks, order only M trim. Using H, R or S trim does not meet the UL437 standard.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODESingle Keyed:Latch A, AT, D, RDeadbolt AB, B, BA,BW, T, TA, TDDeadlock AD, YDDeadlock-Classroom RDDouble Keyed:Latch C, INL, WDeadbolt G, IND, S, INADeadlock WD


Mortise Locks

PATENTED* STANDARD

1000.00 992.001029.00 1021.00624.00 616.00673.00 665.00

1225.00 1209.001261.00 1245.00860.00 844.00

*Pricing reflects the 5C high security core for standard, and the 5CM high security CORMAX core for patented.


48H and 49H Series Mortise Deadlocks

How To Order48H 7 K 626

Series Core Housing Function Code Finish Options

48H – Standard 49H** – High security

0 – Less cylinder (48H only) 7 – 7-pin housing 48H accepts all BEST cores 49H accepts 5C core only

See below 622 626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 618 625 49H 626

K – 1E7K4 high security cylinder (non UL) for 49H only LL* – Lead lined SH* – Security head screws Thick Door* – Specify thickness if other than 1-3/4” RH - Specify for R function LH - Specify for R function (R functions handling must be specified) WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **49H is keyed at the factory unless the K option is ordered. Note: Must specify keymark and number of keys or designate L/C for less core. Security Head screws provided standard on 49H.


48H SERIESSingle cylinder K, LSingle cylinder - Classroom RDouble cylinder M49H SERIESSingle cylinder K, LSingle cylinder-Classroom RDouble cylinder M

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMSecurity head screws (48H) SHThick door (48H only) Specify thicknessLead lined LL

Mortise Locks



365.00 366.00 355.00 297.00409.00 410.00 399.00 341.00494.00 496.00 474.00 358.00

726.00 N/A 718.00 N/A777.00 N/A 769.00 N/A870.00 N/A 862.00 N/A

ADD-ON29.0056.0058.0021.0081.00223.00

*For 48H, patented pricing shown is for CORMAX M series patented keying system only. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred Keying. For 49H, pricing reflects the 5C high security core for standard and the 5CM high security CORMAX core for patented.


40H Series Mortise Components

How To Order Trim Kits40HTK OS2 14 H 626

Series Function Code Knob/Lever Style Trim Style Finish Options

40HTK - Trim Kit

IS1 – inside lever only IS2 – inside lever x turn IS3 – inside lever x cyl IS4 – inside cyl only IS5 – inside turn only*** IS6 – inside lever x cylinder x visual indicator OS1 – outside lever only OS2 – outside lever x cyl OS3 – outside lever/ emer-gency plate OS4 – outside cyl only OS5 – outside lever x visual indicator OS6 – outside lever x cylin-der x visual indicator

Levers: 3-solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14-curved return 15-contour/angle return 16-curve/no return 17-RH* 17-LH* 50-91 - Decorative* Knobs: 4-round

H-2-3/8” dia. R-2-3/4” dia. S-3-1/2” dia J*-wrought M*-forged N*-forged (concealed cylinder)

605* 606* 611* 612* 613* 618* 619* 622 625* 626 629 630 690 626AM* 630AM*

Thick Door* (specify thickness if other than 1 3/4”) SH* – Security head screws TAC/O* – Tactile outside lever/knob TAC/I* – Tactile inside lever/knob

***Does not include lever - Unavailable with J trim.

45HCA CASE ONLY:

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

FUNCTION CODE

Single Keyed:Latch A, AT, D, R

Deadbolt AB, B, BA, BW, T, TA, TD

Holdback RHBHotel H, HJDeadlock AD, YDDeadlock-Classroom RDDouble Keyed:Latch C, INL, WDeadbolt G, IND, S, INAHoldback CHBDeadlock WDKeyless:Passage NPrivacy (Latch) LTPrivacy (Deadbolt) L, LBExit NXUniversal FunctionsLatch UNRDeadbolt UNT, UNAB

TRIM ONLY:

KIT NUMBER

IS1 - Inside lever onlyIS2 - Inside lever x turnIS3 - Inside lever x cylinderIS4 - Inside cylinder onlyIS5 - Inside turn onlyIS6 - Inside lever x cylinder x visual indicatorOS1 - Outside lever onlyOS2 - Outside lever x cylinderOS3 - Outside lever x emergency plateOS4-Outside cylinder onlyOS5-Outside lever x Visual IndicatorOS6-Outside lever x cylinder x visual indicator

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMJ Trim JForged trim M, NThick Door Specify ThicknessSecurity head screws SH7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8” LTCTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/I12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50 to 91

VANDAL TRIM KIT FINISH630All others

How To Order Case Only45HCA R 626

SeriesFunction

CodeFinish Options

45HCA - Mortise lock case only

A - Office D - Storeroom R - Classroom T - Dormitory etc.

626 630 622 690 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 618 Bright* 605 611 625 629

SH* – Security head screws 7/8”* – 7/8” Lip-to-center strike (Han-dling): RH LH RHR LHR

*Indicates extra cost option.


Vandal Trim Retrofit KitSERIES LEVER STYLE FINISH OPTIONS

45HVTK - Vandal Trim Kit

14* - curved return 15 - contour / angle return

605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630, 690

Thick door (specify thickness if other than 1 3/4")

PRICE143.00109.00

Mortise Locks

PRICE

317.00

345.00

325.00345.00218.00200.00

317.00345.00325.00218.00

247.00317.00345.00992.00

317.00345.00

PRICE

174.00231.00250.0070.0060.00292.00193.00259.00203.0070.00235.00301.00

ADD-ON29.0056.0058.0011.0090.0081.0021.0021.0058.0058.0031.50

101.00

Price includes lock case, faceplate and strike package. Refer to 45H for complete mortise cylinder pricing.

** Not available on #17 levers.


40H Strike Packages

40H Lever Sets

How To Order40HST 1 626

Series Kit number Finishes Options

40HST – Strike package 1 – Standard 4 - Strike Box Only 5 – Latchbolt only 6 – Latchbolt/deadbolt

605 606 611 612 613 618 619 622 625 626 629 630 690

Thick Door* – (specify thickness if other than 1-3/4”) 7/8”* – 7/8” lip-to-center strike SH* – Security head screws RH - Handing (required for 5,6 kit) LH - Handing (required for 5,6 kit)


How To Order40HLS 14 626

Series Knob/lever style Finishes Options

40HLS – Lever set Levers: 3 – Solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17* RH – Gull wing right hand 17* LH – Gull wing left hand 50-91 – Decorative* Knobs: 4 – Round

605 606 611 612 613 618 619 622 625 626 629 630 690 626AM* 630AM*

Thick door* – (specify thickness if other than 1-3/4”) SH* – Security head screws

*Indicates extra cost option. **Decorative lever design sets are not available.



Thick Door Specify ThicknessSecurity head screws SHUltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AM


Thick door Specify thickness7/8" Lip-to-center strike 7/8" LTCSecurity head screws SH

ADD-ON

21.0021.0058.00

ADD-ON

21.0021.0021.00


LEVER SETS40H Lever Set #3 design 40HLS -340H Lever Set #12 design 40HLS -1240H Lever Set #14 design 40HLS-1440H Lever Set #15 design 40HLS-1540H Lever Set #16 design 40HLS-1640H Lever Set #17 RH design 40HLS -17 RH40H Lever Set #17 LH design 40HLS -17 LH40H Decorative Lever Sets #50-91 designs 40HLS -XX*40H Knob Set #4 design 40HLS-4


STRIKE PACKAGESStandard strike package 40HST-1-626Latchbolt-only strike package 40HST-6-626-RHLatchbolt/deadbolt strike package 40HST-6-626-LHSTRIKE PACKAGESPlastic strike box 40HST-4Wrought steel strike box 3126903

PARTS PRICE

272.00337.00272.00272.00272.00337.00337.00474.00272.00

PARTS PRICE

32.0036.0036.00

2.105.80

*Choose one decorative lever set design from #50-91

Mortise Locks


40H Replacement Spindles

40H Screw Kits

How To Order40HRS 2

Series Kit number Options

40HRS – Replacement spindle kits 2 – 40H Standard spindle 4 – 40H Hook spindle

Thick door* – Specify thickness if other than 1 3/4”


How To Order40HSK 1 626


40HSK – Screw kits 1 – H, R, S, J trim screw kit 2 – M, N trim screw kit 3 – Special purpose fasteners screw kit 4 – Surface-mounted trim screw kit 5 – Visual indicator screw kit

606 612 613 622 626

Thick door* – Specify thickness if other than 1 3/4” SH* – Security head screws



REPLACEMENT SPINDLES40H Swivel spindle assembly 40HRS-240H Hook spindle assembly 40HRS-4


Thick door Specify Thickness


SCREW KITSH, R, S, J trim screw kit 40HSK-1M, N trim screw kit 40HSK-2Special purpose fasteners screw kit 40HSK-3Surface-mounted trim screw kit 40HSK-4Visual indicator screw kit 40HSK-5


Thick door Specify ThicknessSecurity head screws SH


Mortise Locks

PARTS PRICE

21.0021.0021.0021.0021.00

ADD-ON

21.0021.00

PARTS PRICE

32.0060.00

ADD-ON

21.00


40H Faceplate Kits

How To Order40HFP 3 626


40HFP – Faceplate kit 0 – for function: AB 1 – for functions: BW, TD, H, HJ 2 – for function: A 3 – for functions: AT, D, C, INL, NX, R, W 4 – for functions: N, LT 5 – for functions: AD, RD, YD, WD 6 – Blank with logo 7 – for functions: BA, S, TA 8 – for functions: B, G,IND, L, LB, T 9 – for functions: CHB, RHB 10 – Blank without logo

605 606 611 612 613 618 619 622 625 626 629 630 690

SH* – Security head screws


PART DESCRIPTION

FACEPLATE KITS:All face plate kits

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESecurity head screws SH


40H Visual Indicator Thumb-Turn Kit

40H Indicator Laminate Kit

PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERVISUAL INDICATOR THUMB-TURNVisual Indicator Thumb-Turn 40HVIT

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEThick door Specify Thickness

PART DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERVISUAL INDICATOR LAMINATEVisual Indicator Laminate (for Thumb-Turn) 86329

PARTS PRICE

107.00

ADD-ON21.00

PARTS PRICE

PARTS PRICE

17.00

How To Order40VIT 626 1-3/4"

Series Finishes Door Thickness

40VIT 605 612 613 626

1-3/4" Thick door* - Specify thickness if other than 1-3/4"

Mortise Locks

PARTS PRICE

32.00

ADD-ON21.00


2J7L11-TA2J7L21-TA

J Series Semi-Trailer Kingpin Locks


Single latch L1Double latch L2Single deadbolt D1Double deadbolt D2

PART DESCRIPTION CATALOG NUMBER

Accessories:Warning flag assembly 2JOF1Storage Racks:Three post mount 2JOR3Three post—cad. plated 2JOR3CFive post mount 2JOR5Five post—cad. plated 2JOR5C

2J7L1 2J7L2

How To Order2J 7 L 1 -

Series Core Housing Latch Type Head Type Armored Front Options

2J – Standard body 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

L - Latch (Spring Return) D - Deadlocking Bolt

1 - Single Head Unit 2 - Double Head Unit

1 - Armored Front “-” - No Armored Front

TA* - Extended face without armored front

Auxiliary Locks


PATENTED* PREMIUM** STANDARD737.00 738.00 727.00 669.001082.00 1084.00 1062.00 946.00711.00 712.00 701.00 643.001045.00 1047.00 1025.00 909.00

PRICE

68.00

439.00550.00736.00822.00

*If TA option is not included, only CORMAX M Series patented keying system can be used and pricing shown applies. If TA option is included, BEST Preferred keying system can be used and $20.00 must be added to pricing shown. **Applicable only if TA option is included.

NOTE: Patented or Premium core is available in J Series with the TA option only.


5K Series Grade 2 Tubular Locks

How To Order5K 7 A 15 C STK 626

Series Core Housing Function Code Knob Style Trim StyleStrike

PackageFinish Options

5K 0 – Keyless 6 – 6-pin non-IC cylinder 7 – 7-pin IC housing; ac-cepts all BEST cores

A – Entrance D – Storeroom L – Privacy N – Passage R – Classroom 1DT – Dummy Trim***

14 – Curved return 15 – Contour angle return

C – 3” STK – Stan-dard S3* – ANSI FL* – Full lip radius

626 605* 613*

0B** – non-IC zero bitted KA** – non-IC keyed alike KD** – non-IC keyed different OEM**** – non-IC OEM cylinder RL – Radius latch

* Indicates extra cost option. ** Six-pin cylinder in Schlage “C” keyway included with OB, KA, KD. Must specify “6” for core housing. *** Throughbolt makes it difficult to install two dummy trims on the same door with perfect alignment. Double dummy trimming may result in imperfect alignment **** Cylinder not included with OEM option. Must specify “0” for core housing.


Single Keyed:Office AStoreroom DClassroom RKeyless:Passage NPrivacy LSingle dummy trim 1DT

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEBright & Satin finishes (per lock) 605 and 613Strikes S3, FL


Tubular Locks

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORE LESS CORE / LESS CYL (OEM)

NON-IC CYLINDER 0B, KA, KDPATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

317.00 318.00 307.00 249.00 290.00317.00 318.00 307.00 249.00 290.00317.00 318.00 307.00 249.00 290.00

N/A N/A N/A 176.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 176.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 107.00 N/A

ADD-ON18.004.50

*Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying.


6K Series Grade 2 Cylindrical Locks - Knobs

How To Order6K 3 7 AB 4 C STK 626

Series Backset Core HousingFunction

CodeKnob Style Trim Style Strike Package Finish Options

6K 2 – 2-3/8” 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0 – Keyless 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

See below 4 – Round 6 – Tulip

C – 2-9/16” D* - 3-3/8” Rose

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI LS – Less strike

626 Satin* 606 612 613 Bright* 605 611 625

KNL* – Knurled knobs (keyed knob only) L8 – Drive-in latch NF – Narrow face latch (std with 62K) WF – Wide face latch (std with 63K)


FUNCTION CODE

Single Keyed:Office ABStoreroom DService station EClassroom RKeyless:Passage NExit YPrivacy LHospital privacy LLPatio PSingle dummy trim 1DTDouble dummy trim 2DT


2-3/8” deadlocking latch 6KL22-3/4” deadlocking latch 6KL33-3/4” deadlocking latch 6KL45” deadlocking latch 6KL52-3/8” drive-in latch 6KL2-82-3/4” drive-in latch 6KL3-8Standard strike package 7KCS2ANSI strike package 7KCS3Standard throw member 3125559Standard strike box B25640


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.Special backset 64K / 65KKnurled keyed knob KNL3-3/8” Rose D


Cylindrical Locks



280.00 281.00 270.00 212.00280.00 281.00 270.00 212.00280.00 281.00 270.00 212.00280.00 281.00 270.00 212.00

N/A N/A N/A 128.00N/A N/A N/A 128.00N/A N/A N/A 172.00N/A N/A N/A 172.00N/A N/A N/A 172.00N/A N/A N/A 69.00N/A N/A N/A 136.00

PART PRICE

38.0038.0045.0045.0038.0038.006.80

20.0013.004.10

ADD-ON

18.0041.009.60

23.0018.00



7KC Series Grade 2 Cylindrical Locks - Levers

How To Order7KC 3 7 AB 15 D STK 626


CodeLever Style Trim Style

Strike Package

Finish Options

7KC 2 – 2-3/8” 3 – 2-3/4” 4*– 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0 – Keyless 6 – 6-pin non-IC cylinder 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

See below 14 – Curved return 15 – Contour angle return 16 – Curved no return

D – 3-1/2” STK – Standard S3 – ANSI

626 Satin* 606 612 613 Bright* 605 625

L8 – Drive-in latch (only available on 2-3/8” and 2-3/4” backset). 0B** – Zero bitted KA** – Keyed alike KD** – Keyed different OEM*** – Orig equipment mfg ATB – Alternate through-bolt NF – Narrow face latch

*Indicates extra cost option **Six-pin cylinder in Schlage “C” keyway included with 0B, KA, & KD options. Must specify 6 for core housing. ***Cylinders not included with OEM option. Must specify “0” for core housing.


Single Keyed:Entrance ABStoreroom DClassroom RKeyless:Passage NExit YPrivacy LSingle dummy trim 1DT


Satin finishes (per lock) 612, 613, etc. Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, etc.Special backset 74KC / 75KC


2-3/8” deadlocking latch 7KCL22-3/4” deadlocking latch 7KCL33-3/4” deadlocking latch 6KL45” deadlocking latch 6KL5Standard strike package 7KCS2ANSI strike package 7KCS3Standard strike box B25640


Cylindrical Locks

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORELESS CORE NON-IC CYLINDER

0B, KA, KDPATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

332.00 333.00 322.00 264.00 305.00332.00 333.00 322.00 264.00 305.00332.00 333.00 322.00 264.00 305.00

N/A N/A N/A 193.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 187.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 212.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 86.00 N/A

ADD-ON

18.0041.009.60

PART PRICE

38.0038.0045.0045.006.80

20.004.10



8K Series Grade 1 Cylindrical Locks - Knobs

How To Order8K 3 7 AB 4 D STK 626


CodeKnob Style

Rose StyleStrike


8K 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0 – Keyless 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

See below 4 – Round 6 – Tulip

A – 3-3/8” concave C – 2-9/16” concave D – 3-3/8” convex E - 3-3/8” concave - thick door

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI S3 7/8* – 7/8” lip-to-center strike LS – Less strike S5 S6

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625

3/4* – 3/4” throw BRK – Break-away (keyed only) FRL* – Full radius latch LL* – Lead lined (not available in double keyed functions) SH* – Security head screws SPN – Spin free (D & W only) TAC/B* – Tactile both knobs TAC/O* – Tactile outside knob TAC/I* – Tactile inside knob

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. Must specify keymark and number of keys.


Single Keyed:Entrance ABStoreroom DService station EClassroom RDormitory TSpecial Note**Hotel (SPN-standard) H, HJDouble Keyed:Corridor CStoreroom GCommunicating SInstitutional WSpecial DR, RDKeyless:Passage N, NXExit YPrivacy LPatio PSpecial LL, M, Q, ZSingle dummy trim 1DTDouble dummy trim 2DT


Cylindrical Locks



630.00 631.00 620.00 562.00630.00 631.00 620.00 562.00630.00 631.00 620.00 562.00630.00 631.00 620.00 562.00630.00 631.00 620.00 562.00630.00 631.00 620.00 562.00684.00 685.00 674.00 616.00

660.00 662.00 640.00 524.00660.00 662.00 640.00 524.00660.00 662.00 640.00 524.00660.00 662.00 640.00 524.00660.00 662.00 640.00 524.00

N/A N/A N/A 424.00N/A N/A N/A 424.00N/A N/A N/A 489.00N/A N/A N/A 489.00N/A N/A N/A 489.00N/A N/A N/A 181.00N/A N/A N/A 362.00

*Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying. **Single-keyed special functions include: A, B, DZ, EA, RH, RZ, XD, XR, YD, YR, YRH, YRM and YZ

ATTENTION: Locksets that secure both sides of the door (e.g., G, DR, M, RD, S, W, XD, YD & YR functions) are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. Delay in unlocking for rapid emergency exit could be hazardous or even fatal.


4 – TAC option(Blind, safety, & handicapped application)

8K Series Grade 1 Cylindrical Locks (continued)


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM3/4” throw latch 3/4Special backsets 84K / 85KLead lined LLSecurity head screws SHTactile knob both sides TAC/BTactile knob outside TAC/OTactile knob inside TAC/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8Full radius latch FRL

PARTS DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

2-3/4” deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4” deadlocking latch 8KL45” deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 7-pin B54200Breakaway knob driver B54856

Cylindrical Locks

ADD-ON

18.0041.0057.0029.0020.00219.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.0020.00

PART PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.8020.001.507.40

NOTE 1: Other special single keyed functions include: A,B, EA, DZ, RZ, XD, XR, YD & YR. ATTENTION: Locksets that secure both sides of the door (e.g. G, DR, M, RD, S, W, XD, YD & YR functions) are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. Delay in unlocking for rapid emergency exit could be hazardous or even fatal.


How To Order9K 3 7 AB 14 C STK 626


CodeLever Style Rose Style

Strike Package

Finish Options

9K 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0 – Keyless func-tions / or / Non-IC competitive cylin-der (less core)† 6 – 6-pin non-IC cylinder 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

See below (Contact sales support for special functions and pricing.)

14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour angle with return 16 – Curved without return

C – 3” convex D – 3-1/2” convex K – 3” convex no ring L – 3-1/2” convex no ring

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI S3 7/8** STK 7/8*** LS – Less strike S3B* - ANSI (Strike w/ Plastic Box) S3B 7/8* - ANSI (Strike w/ Plastic Box)

626 690 622 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625 618

3/4* – 3/4” throw latch AL/B* – Abrasive lever both sides AL/O* – Abrasive lever outside AL/I* – Abrasive lever inside TL/B* – Tactile lever both sides TL/O* – Tactile lever outside TL/I* – Tactile lever inside ATB – Alternate through-bolt mounting FRL* – Full radius latch LL* – Lead lined (N/A for double keyed functions) LM – Lost motion SH* – Security head screws Thin Door* – 1-3/8” 0B* – non-IC zero bitted KA* – non-IC keyed alike KD* – non-IC keyed different COR* – non-IC Corbin-Russwin MED* – non-IC Medeco SAR* – non-IC Sargent SCH* – non-IC Schlage YAL* – non-IC Yale SCHRC – Schlage removable core (14 & 16 lever only) WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

9K Series Grade 1 Cylindrical Locks - Levers


Single Keyed:Entrance ABStoreroom DService station EClassroom RDormitory TSpecial** NoteUA UAHotel (SPN-standard) H, HJDouble Keyed:Corridor CStoreroom GIntruder*** INCommunicating SInstitutional WSpecial DR, RDKeyless:Passage N, NXExit YPrivacy LPatio PSpecial LL, M, Q, ZSingle dummy trim 1DTDouble dummy trim 2DT


Cylindrical Locks

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORELESS CORE NON-IC CYLINDER

0B, KA, KDPATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00588.00 589.00 578.00 520.00 561.00639.00 640.00 629.00 571.00 612.00

706.00 708.00 686.00 570.00 652.00706.00 708.00 686.00 570.00 652.00729.00 731.00 709.00 593.00 675.00729.00 731.00 709.00 593.00 675.00729.00 731.00 709.00 593.00 675.00729.00 731.00 709.00 593.00 675.00

N/A N/A N/A 362.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 362.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 418.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 418.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 418.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 152.00 N/AN/A N/A N/A 301.00 N/A

*Indicates extra cost. Must specify keymark and number of keys. **S3 7/8 is the ANSI flat lip strike ***STK 7/8 is the standard flat lip strike


**Single-keyed special functions include: A, B, DZ, EA, RH, RZ, XD, XR, YD, YR, YRH, YRM and YZ *** IN Function includes interior indicator rose standard

Choose only one option: OB, KA, KD-use with core housing option 6 COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, SCHRC-use with core housing option 0


9K Series Grade 1 Cylindrical Locks (continued)

9KA SCHRCKT

Family Kit Type

9KA - Adaptation Kit SCHRCKT - Schlage RC Adaptation Kit

14 626

Lever Style Finish

14 - Curved return 15 - Contour angle return 16 - Curved no return

606, 626, 612, 613

Adaptation Kit

Cylindrical Locks


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMThin door 1-3/8" 1-3/8"3/4" throw latch 3/4Special backsets 94K / 95KLead lined LLSecurity head screws SHAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8" Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8 or STK 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8Full radius latch FRL

Non-IC Corbin-Russwin (single keyed) CORNon-IC Corbin-Russwin (double keyed) CORNon-IC Medeco (single keyed) MEDNon-IC Medeco (double keyed) MEDNon-IC Sargent (single keyed) SARNon-IC Sargent (double keyed) SARNon-IC Schlage (single keyed) SCHNon-IC Schlage (double keyed) SCHNon-IC Yale (single keyed) YALNon-IC Yale (double keyed) YAL


2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 7-pin B54200

*EXTRA COST OPTIONS OPTION CODE

ADD-ON PRICE

NOTE: These options do not come with a cylinder. The lock is just prepped for cylinders of these other manufacturers and comes with a throw member for that manufacturer's cylinder.

6.3014.006.30

14.006.30

14.006.30

14.006.30

14.00

PART PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.80

20.001.50

*Choose only one option: OB, KA, KD-use with core housing option 6. COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, SCHRC-use with core housing option 0

NOTE 1: Other special single keyed functions include: A, B, EA, DZ, RZ, XD, XR, YD & YR. ATTENTION: Locksets that secure both sides of the door (e.g. G,DR,M,RD,S,W,XD,YD &YR 'functions) are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. Delay in unlocking for rapid emergency exit could be hazardous or even fatal.

ADD-ON

18.0041.0057.0075.0029.0020.00

219.0021.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.10

20.00

Price

74.00


Schlage round Schlage tulip Schlage throw member

AK Series Knob Adaptations (formerly KA series)

How To OrderSeries Adaptation Kit Number Finish

AK Please contact BEST for the specific kit number to convert your heavy duty lockset. The name of the manufacturer and model number are required. 626

Must specify keymark and number of keys.

MANUFACTURER’S NAME

CorbinSargentSchlageRusswinYale

INSTALLATION AT BEST FACTORY

KIT COMPONENTS

CorbinSargentSchlageRusswinYale

56.00

Cabinet, Push and Siding

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORE LESS CORE PRICEPATENTED* PATENTED* PREMIUM

203.00 204.00 193.00 135.00223.00 224.00 213.00 155.00184.00 185.00 174.00 116.00203.00 204.00 193.00 135.00223.00 224.00 213.00 155.00

KNOB ONLY LESS CORE

THROW MEMBER

116.00 27.00131.00 20.0096.00 18.00112.00 27.00131.00 22.00



L Series Cabinet Locks

How To Order5L 7 R D 2 606

Series Core HousingMounting

TypeLatch Type Hand Finish Options

3L – Coin box 5 – 5-pin housing 6 – 6-pin housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

R – Rim

D – Dead-locking 2 – Vertical 626 690 Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625

1-1/8” to 2”* – Special cylinder (specify length)

5L – Standard M – Mortise R – Rim

D – Dead-locking L – Latchbolt

2 – Vertical 5 – Inverted

T – Deadlocking SL* – Square Latch, spring loaded TR – Special trim ring A450 – Special strike A451 – Special strike A452 – Special strike A453 – Special strike

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. Must specify keymark and number of keys.

DESCRIPTION SERIES

CABINET LOCKSCabinet—mortise & rim 3LCabinet—mortise & rim 5L


Square latch spl. cylinder SLSpecial cylinders-3L 1-1/2” to 2”Special cylinders-5L 1-1/8” to 2”Special finishes See above


8L SERIES MAIL BOX LOCKStandard mail box lock 8L7SPR-627

ADD-ON

17.0019.0019.004.90

5L7RD2 5L7MD 3L7RD2 - Vertical Only




158.00 159.00 148.00 90.00133.00 134.00 123.00 65.00



180.00 181.00 170.00 112.00


NOTE: You must specify the name of the manufacturer and the model number.


P Series Push Locks

How To Order2P 7 3 626

Series Lock Body Mounting slot Finish

2P – File cabinet 7 – 7-pin body may be keyed 6-pin 3 – Vertical 4 – Horizontal

606 626


2P SERIESVertical mounting slot 2P73Horizontal mounting slot 2P74

2P73 2P74




175.00 176.00 165.00 107.00175.00 176.00 165.00 107.00


NOTE: You must specify the make, model and year of the filing cabinet for the 2P Series.


S Series Sliding Door Locks

How To Order3S 7 5 627

Series Core housing Function code Finish Options

2S – Sliding door push 3S – Sliding panel 4S – Sliding door cyl.

7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores (4S requires 6C core)

See below 2S – 626, 605, 606, 622, 625 4S – 625, 605, 606, 626 3S – 627

3S – Strike straps: S1* – 1/4” thick S2* – Standard 1/4” S3 – 5/16” to 1/2” S4 – 1/2” to 11/16” S5 – 3/4” & thicker

*Included in the price of the housing.


CATALOG NUMBER

2S SERIESSurface mount—1/2” bolt 3Through bolt—1/2” bolt 3TBMThrough bolt—3/4” bolt 4TBMSurface mount—bolt pin 53 S SERIESStraight housing 5Captured panel housing 7Housing with 1” extension 84 S SERIESSliding glass door cylinder 3Sliding wood door cylinder 4


PAR NUMBER

3S STRIKE STRAPS4-1/4” long for 1/4”panel 3SS16-1/4” long for 1/4” panel 3SS2STANDARD6-1/4” long for 5/16” to 1/2” 3SS36-1/4” long for 1/2” to 11/16” 3SS46-1/4” long for 3/4” or thicker 3SS5




233.00 234.00 223.00 165.00282.00 283.00 272.00 214.00282.00 283.00 272.00 214.00282.00 283.00 272.00 214.00

196.00 197.00 186.00 128.00196.00 197.00 186.00 128.00259.00 260.00 249.00 191.00

136.00 137.00 126.00 68.00148.00 149.00 138.00 80.00

SEPARATE WITH LOCK ADD-ON

20.00 N/A24.00 N/A

36.00 13.0044.00 21.0032.00 5.90

* Patended pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add$20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying.

** Lock requires 6C core (not available with Peaks or Preferred keying).


How To Order - Mortise Safety LeversSPSL ML R 16F 630 RH

Series Chassis Function Lever Finish Hand

SPSL – Stanley Patient Safety Lever

ML – Mortise A – Office privacy D – Storeroom IND – Intruder deadbolt IND2 – Intruder storeroom dblt INL – Intruder latch LT – Bathroom privacy LTF – Bedroom privacy (Anti-Lockout) R – Classroom RF – Bedroom privacy T – Dormitory deadbolt W1 – Asylum lever/lever W2 – Asylum double cyl lever/lever

W3 – Asylum deadbolt lever/lever W4 – Asylum deadbolt double cyl lever/lever W10 – Asylum lever/blank W20 – Asylum double cyl lever/blank W30 – Asylum deadbolt lever/blank W40 – Asylum deadbolt double cyl lever/blank

16F – Anti-ligature lever

630 – Satin stainless steel

RH LH RHR LHR

SPSL – Stanley Patient Safety Lever

How To Order - Cylindrical Safety LeversSPSL CL ON 16F 630 RH

Series Chassis Function Lever Finish Hand

SPSL – Stanley Patient Safety Lever CL – Cylindrical 2 3/4” backset CL5 – Cylindrical 5” backset

ON – Cylindrical passage ONX – Cylindrical passage blank interior

16F – Anti-ligature lever 630 – Satin stainless steel RH LH RHR LHR


PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODE

Mortise Safety LeverOffice privacy AStoreroom DIntruder deadbolt INDIntruder storeroom deadbolt IND2Intruder latch INLBathroom privacy LTPassage ONBedroom privacy (RF) RFBedroom privacy Anti-Lockout (LTF) LTFClassroom RDormitory deadbolt TAsylum lever/lever W1Asylum double cyl lever/lever W2Asylum deadbolt lever/lever W3Asylum deadbolt double cyl lever/lever W4Asylum lever/blank W10Asylum double cyl lever/blank W20Asylum deadbolt lever/blank W30Asylum deadbolt double cyl lever/blank W40

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODE

Cylindrical Safety LeverPassage ONPassage blank interior ONXDummy TrimDummy Trim DT

PRICE

1,572.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,572.001,326.001,572.001,572.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.001,449.00

PRICE

1,152.001,152.00

641.00

NOTE: 1) Security head screws come standard with SPSL series. 2) Standard offering is less cylinder and less core.


SPSL – Stanley Patient Safety Lever (continued)

How To Order - Electrified Mortise Safety LeversSP SE ML R N L 630 RH

SeriesElectric Release Trim(s)

ChassisInterior

Trim Blank

Function GroupFinish Hand

Designation Exterior Interior RQE DPS LPS

SP- Stanley Patient Safety

SE Electric Release Trim (Fail Secure)

Mechanical ML- Mortise 'leave empty' - if interior trim required (standard) X** - No trim on the interior, just a blank plate (SPSE or SPSF only)

R* - Request to Exit N- Place-holder if RQE not selected

D*- Door Position N- Place-holder if DPS not selected

L*- Latch Position N- Place-holder if LPS not selected

630- Satin Stainless Steel

RH LH RHR LHR

SF Electric Release Trim (Fail Safe)

Mechanical

S3 Electric Release Trim (Fail Secure)

Electric Release Trim (Fail Secure)

S4 Electric Release Trim (Fail Safe)

Electric Release Trim (Fail Safe)

*Indicates extra cost option. **Option only available for SPSE and SPSF trims. Security hardware comes standard.

PART DESCRIPTION KIT NUMBER

Cylindrical Security head screw kit SPSL-SH M1Mortise Security head screw kit SPSL-SH C1Security head driver kit SPSL-SH D1Turnpiece Disable kit for Female Privacy Locks SPSL-TDCylinder Protector for IC core cylind. SPSL (incl. 2 keys) SPSL-CP-ICCylinder Protector for non-IC cylind. SPSL (incl. 2 keys) SPSL-CP-NICExtra magnetic key for SPSL-CP SPSL-CP-K

LIST PRICE

17.0017.0017.00

108.00761.00761.0029.00



SPSE - Exterior Release Trim (Fail Secure) NNN†SPSF - Exterior Release Trim (Fail Safe) NNN†SPS3 - Exterior/Interior Release Trim (Fail Secure) NNN†SPS4 - Exterior/Interior Release Trim (Fail Safe) NNN†


Function Code (RQE) RFunction Code (DPS) DFunction Code (LPS) L

PRICE

2,292.002,394.002,350.002,394.00

ADD-ON

49.0073.0049.00

*Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20 for Best Preferred patented keying. †Indicates extra cost options for RQE, DPS or LPS functions.


SSRL – STANLEY Seclusion Room/Time Out Room Locks

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NUMBER

3-Point constant supervision SSRLS-33-Point unsupervised SSRLU-3Alum. angled strike kit for 3 point outswing doors SSRL-SK3Single point constant supervision SSRLS-1Single point constant supervision, includes strike kit for outswing doors SSRLS-1-SK1Single point unsupervised SSRLU-1Single point unsupervised, includes strike kit for outswing doors SSRLU-1-SK1Strike kit for single point outswing doors SSRL-SK13-Point constant supervision w/ digital counter SSRLS-3-C3-Point unsupervised w/ digital counter SSRLU-3-C

Specialty Hardware

PRICE

1,849.001,976.00460.00

1,091.001,139.001,217.001,265.00

49.002,027.002,153.00


SEDA – STANLEY Emergency Door Alarm

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NUMBERSensor – 36” to 42” wide door SEDA-DSA-P1Sensor – 42” to 48” wide door SEDA-DSA-P212 Door controller/power supply SEDA-CPS-1A52-1224 Door controller/power supply SEDA-CPS-1A52-2436 Door controller/power supply SEDA-CPS-1A52-3648 Door controller/power supply SEDA-CPS-1A52-48Second console output SEDA-CPS-MOD-CONS-212 Door LED console SEDA-DCRS-1224 Door LED console SEDA-DCRS-2436 Door LED console SEDA-DCRS-3648 Door LED console SEDA-DCRS-4812 Door LED Wall Console SEDA-WCRS-1224 Door LED Wall Console SEDA-WCRS-2436 Door LED Wall Console SEDA-WCRS-36Wall mounted keyswitch SEDA-KS101Strobe light ceiling mount SEDA-SL1Strobe light ceiling mount w/ steel mounting plate SEDA-SL2Full surface angled alum. hinge modified for new or existing hinges SEDA-ECHFS-MH-AL-4Splice box for room w/ multiple doors SEDA-SPLB-1

Specialty Hardware

PRICE775.00834.00

2,411.004,237.006,062.00

Consult factory279.00

1,534.002,557.003,579.00

Consult factory2,191.003,360.004,703.00279.00132.00161.00907.00161.00


T Series Tubular Deadbolts

How To Order8T/7T 3 7 K STK 606

Series Backset Core Housing Function Code Strike Finish Options

8T 7T

2 – 2-3/8” 3 – 2-3/4”


See below STK – Std deadbolt S1 – ANSI deadbolt S3 – ANSI deadlatch S4 – Lip deadbolt S5* – High security deadbolt (only available in 630 finish)

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625 (8T only) 7T 626 612

CS* – Concealed screws D5 – Drive-in bolt (8T only) LL* – Lead lined (8T only) NF – Narrow face 1”: (8T only) SH* – Security head screws (8T only) Thick Door* – specify thickness (8T only) Thin Door* – specify thickness (8T only)

*Indicates extra cost option; see below.

DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODE

8T DEADBOLTSSingle-keyed—turnknob KSingle-keyed—no turnknob LNon-keyed—turnknob KLDouble-keyed—CS-standard MSingle-keyed—classroom S7T DEADBOLTS Single-keyed—turnknob KSingle-keyed—no turnknob LDouble-keyed M


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) (8T only) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish (8T only) 626AM, 630AMConcealed screws (8T only) CSLead lined (8T only) LLHigh security strikes S5Security head screws (8T only) SHThick door (8T only) Specify thicknessThin door (8T; M function only) Specify thickness


2-3/8” Deadbolt tube 8TD2B2-3/4” Deadbolt tube 8TD3B2-3/8” Drive-in bolt 8TD252-3/4” Drive-in bolt 8TD35Std. deadbolt strike pkg. 8TSSTKANSI deadbolt strike pkg. 8TS1Deadbolt lip strike pkg. 8TS4High security strike pkg. / deadbolt 8TS5*

Federal Spec. 180, 181 Note: 8T=ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 • 7T=ANSI/BHMA Grade 2

Tubular Locks



248.00 249.00 238.00 180.00248.00 249.00 238.00 180.00

N/A N/A N/A 149.00374.00 376.00 354.00 238.00248.00 249.00 238.00 180.00

187.00 188.00 177.00 119.00187.00 188.00 177.00 119.00304.00 306.00 284.00 168.00

ADD-ON

20.0020.0031.0037.00139.0028.0021.0030.0030.00

PART PRICE

41.0041.0041.0041.007.30

22.007.30

42.00

* Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for Best Preferred patented keying.

* 8TS5 only available in 630 finish

ATTENTION: Lockets that secure both sides of the door (e.g., L and M functions) are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. Delay in unlocking for rapid emergency exit could be hazardous or even fatal.


W Series Electric Switch Locks

How To Order1W 7 B1 626 SWR

Series Core Housing Function code Finish Optional Box**

1W 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores See below 626 690 Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625

See below

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **Not all boxes are compatible with all switch locks. See the catalog for details.


SWITCH TYPE

KEY POSITION

2***

KEY POSITION

3***FUNCTION

CODE

Maintained Switch LocksLow voltage SPDT 3 o’clock N/A A1Single switch SPDT 2 o’clock N/A B1Single switch SPDT 12 o’clock N/A B2Single switch SPST 5 o’clock 12 o’clock C2**Toggle switch DPST 2 o’clock N/A D2Toggle switch TPDT 3 o’clock 9 o’clock E2Toggle switch SPDT 2 o’clock 12 o’clock L2Dual switch 2 SPDT 3 o’clock N/A J1Dual switch 2 SPDT 12 o’clock N/A J2Momentary Switch LocksSingle switch SPDT 2 o’clock 12 o’clock B3Dual switch 2 SPDT 2 o’clock 12 o’clock J3Toggle switch DPDT 2 o’clock 10 o’clock K4Dual switch 2 SPDT 2 o’clock 10 o’clock P4Quad switch 4 SPDT 2 o’clock 10 o’clock R4

EXTRA COST OPTIONS*/OPTIONAL BOXES

DESCRIPTION CODE

Satin finishes 606, 612, 613 etc.Bright finishes 605, 611, 625 etc.Interior box INTStandard octagon center mount OC1Deep octagon offset mount OC2Standard weather resistant box SWR

PARTS

FUNCTION CODE REPLACEMENT SWITCH #

A1 S4AB1, B2, B3, J1, J2, J3, P4, & R4 S4BC2 S4CD2 S4DE2 S4EK4 S4KL2 S4L

Electromechanical Locks

COMPLETE WITH COMBINATED CORE LESS COREPATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

220.00 221.00 210.00 152.00197.00 198.00 187.00 129.00197.00 198.00 187.00 129.00265.00 266.00 255.00 197.00243.00 244.00 233.00 175.00246.00 247.00 236.00 178.00270.00 271.00 260.00 202.00261.00 262.00 251.00 193.00292.00 293.00 282.00 224.00

220.00 221.00 210.00 152.00261.00 262.00 251.00 193.00261.00 262.00 251.00 193.00243.00 244.00 233.00 175.00255.00 256.00 245.00 187.00

PRICE

3.705.10

45.0044.0074.00242.00

PRICE

37.0014.0069.0024.0059.0059.0051.00

*Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for BEST Preferred patented keying. **Supplied with OC1 box only (included in price). ***Key position 1 for all switch locks is 12 o’clock except for the C2 function which is at 7 o’clock and the L2 function which is at 10 o’clock position. For all switch locks, the key is removable in the 12 o’clock position only.


Security Head Screws provided stanadard on 47HW. **Not available on #17 levers. ***Available only with #14 and #15 levers. Only #14 lever complies with California State Fire Marshall Code.

45HW Series Electromechanical Mortise Locks

How To Order45HW 7 DEL 14 H 626 RH

Series Core Housing Function Code Lever Style Trim Style FinishDoor Hand

Options

45HW 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

Electrically-locked:*** DEL LEL NXEL TDEL TWEL WEL Electrically-un-locked:*** DEU LEU NXEU TDEU TWEU WEU

Levers: 3 – Solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17* – Gull wing Knobs: 4 – Round Decorative* 50–91

H – 2-3/4”dia. R – 2-3/4”dia. S – 3-1/2” dia J* – Wrought M* – Forged N* – Forged (concealed cylinder; N trim invalid on non-keyed and double keyed functions)

626 630 690 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 625 629

RH RHR LH LHR

C - Pre-Terminated Quick Connect Plug DS* – Door status monitor IDH* – Integrated Door Hardware LL* – Lead lined LS* – Latch status monitor RQE* – Request to exit Thick door* – Specify thickness 7/8”* – Flat lip strike VT* – Vandal Trim 12V – 12V Solenoid (24V is standard) TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both VIN* – Visual Indicator

* Indicates extra cost; see below. ** Indicates cost deduction; see below. *** Fail safe functions (EL) and fail secure functions (EU) include a Temperature Control Module (TCM) with the price of the lock.


45HW Electro-mechanical:45HW Single key, latch, fail secure DEU45HW Single key, latch, fail safe DEL45HW Double key, latch, fail secure WEU45HW Double key, latch, fail safe WEL45HW Keyless, latch, fail secure NXEU45HW Keyless, latch, fail safe NXEL45HW Single key, deadbolt, fail secure TDEU45HW Single key, deadbolt, fail safe TDEL45HW Double key, deadbolt, fail secure TWEU45HW Double key, deadbolt, fail safe TWEL45HW Keyless, deadbolt, fail secure LEU45HW Keyless, deadbolt, fail safe LEL


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, 619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMWrought trim JThick door Specify thicknessLead lined LLForged trim M, N7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Vandal trim - 630 finish*** VTVandal trim - other finishes*** VTVisual Indicator VIN


Request to exit RQEIntegrated door hardware IDHLatch status monitor LSDoor status monitor DSTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/IDecorative Lever Design 50 to 91

**COST DEDUCTIONS OPTION CODE

Less cylinder option (Deduct from complete price) 0




1340.00 1341.00 1330.00 1272.001340.00 1341.00 1330.00 1272.001469.00 1471.00 1449.00 1333.001469.00 1471.00 1449.00 1333.00

N/A N/A N/A 1211.00N/A N/A N/A 1211.00

1366.00 1367.00 1356.00 1298.001366.00 1367.00 1356.00 1298.001495.00 1497.00 1475.00 1359.001495.00 1497.00 1475.00 1359.00

N/A N/A N/A 1237.00N/A N/A N/A 1237.00

ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0011.0081.00223.0090.0021.0063.00143.00109.0042.00

ADD-ON

41.00118.0086.00

118.00115.0058.0058.00

202.00

DEDUCT

61.00



47HW Series High Security Electromechanical Mortise Locks

How To Order47HW 7 DEL 14 H 626 RH


Options

47HW 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

Electrically-locked:*** DEL TDEL TWEL WEL Electrically-un-locked:*** DEU TDEU TWEU WEU

Levers: 3 – Solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17* – Gull wing Knobs: 4 – Round Decorative* 50-91

M – forged H**** – 2-3/4”dia. R**** – 2-3/4”dia. S**** – 3-1/2” dia

626 630 690 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 625 629

RH RHR LH LHR

C - Pre-Terminated Quick Connect Plug DS* – Door status monitor IDH* – Integrated Door Hardware LS* – Latch status monitor RQE* – Request to exit Thick door* – (Specify thickness) 7/8”* – Flat lip strike VT* – Vandal Trim 12V – 12V Solenoid (24V is standard) K – Non-UL Cylinder TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both

* Indicates extra cost; see below. ** Indicates cost deduction; see below. *** Fail safe functions (EL) and fail secure functions (EU) include a Temperature Control Module (TCM) with the price of the lock. ****To maintain the UL437 standard for high security locks, order only M trim. Using H, R or S trim does not meet the UL437 standard.


47HW Electro-mechanical:47HW Single key, latch, fail secure DEU47HW Single key, latch, fail safe DEL47HW Double key, latch, fail secure WEU47HW Double key, latch, fail safe WEL47HW Single key, deadbolt, fail secure TDEU47HW Single key, deadbolt, fail safe TDEL47HW Double key, deadbolt, fail secure TWEU47HW Double key, deadbolt, fail safe TWEL

EXTRA COST OPTIONS*Thick door Specify thickness7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMDecorative Lever Design 50-91Vandal trim - 630 finish*** VTVandal trim - other finishes*** VTRequest to exit RQEIntegrated door hardware IDHLatch status monitor LSDoor status monitor DSSatin finish (per lock) 606, 612, 613, 619, etc.Bright finish (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.


Tactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/I






1348.00 N/A 1340.00

Note: 47HW Series must be keyed at the factory unless

the K Option is ordered

1348.00 N/A 1340.001541.00 N/A 1525.001541.00 N/A 1525.001373.00 N/A 1365.001373.00 N/A 1365.001557.00 N/A 1541.001557.00 N/A 1541.00

ADD-ON81.0021.0063.0058.00202.00143.00109.0041.00118.0086.00118.0056.00110.00

ADD-ON

115.0058.0058.00

DEDUCT

61.00

**Not avilable on #17 levers. ***Available only with #14 and #15 levers. Only #14 lever complies with California State Fire Marshall Code.

*Pricing reflects the 5C high security core for standard and the 5CM high security CORMAX core for patented.

Security Head Screws provided standard on 47HW

ATTENTION: Locksets that secure both sides of the door (e.g., WEL and WEU) are controlled by building codes and the Life Safety Code. Delay in unlocking for rapid emergency exit could be hazardous or even fatal.


8KW/9KW Series Electromechanical Cylindrical Locks

9KW 3 7 DEL 15 C S3 626

Series BacksetCore

HousingFunction Code Lever Style Rose Style Strike Package Finish Options

9KW 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0*** – Non-IC Prep 6** – 6 pin Non-IC Cylinder 7 – 7-pin Housing; accepts all BEST cores

DEL – Electrically locked**** DEU – Electrically unlocked****

14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour with angle return 16 – Curved with no return

C – 3” convex D – 3-1/3” convex K – 3” convex no ring L – 3-1/2” convex no ring

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI S3 7/8* – 7/8 Lip to Center strike LS – Less Strike

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 625

3/4* – 3/4” throw latch ATB – Alternate through-bolt mounting C - Pre-Terminated Quick Connect Plug LL* – Lead lined SH* – Security head screws LM – Lost motion RQE* – Request to Exit Thin Door* – 1-3/8” AL/O* – Abrasive Lever Outside AL/I* – Abrasive Lever Inside AL/B* – Abrasive Lever Both TL/O* – Tactile Lever Outside TL/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TL/B* – Tactile Lever Both 0B** – Non-IC zero-bitted KA** – Non-IC keyed alike KD** – Non-IC keyed different COR*** – Non-IC Corbin-Russwin MED*** – Non-IC Medeco SAR*** – Non-IC Sargent SCH*** – Non-IC Schlage YAL*** – Non-IC Yale SCHRC*** – Schlage RC (14 & 15 lever only) 12V - Specify 12V System: Standard voltage is 24V

* Indicates extra cost option. ** Six-pin cylinder in Schlage “C” keyway included with 0B, KA, and KD options. Must specify “6” for core housing. *** Cylinder not included with COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, or SCHRC options. Must specify “0” for core housing. **** Fail safe functions (EL) and fail secure functions (EU) include a Temperature Control Module (TCM) with the price of the lock.

How To Order8KW 3 7 DEL 4 C STK 626

Series Backset Core Housing Function Code Knob Style Rose Style Strike Package Finish Options

8KW 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”


DEL** – Electri-cally locked DEU** – Electri-cally unlocked

4 – Round 6 – Tulip

C – 3” convex D – 3-1/2” convex K – 3” convex L – 3-1/2” convex

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 625

BRK – Break-away (keyed only) C - Pre-Terminated Quick Con-nect Plug LL* – Lead lined SH* – Security head screws 3/4* – 3/4” throw RQE* – Request to Exit Thin Door* – 1-3/8” TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both 12V - Specify 12V System: Standard voltage is 24V

* Indicates extra cost; see below. ** Fail safe functions (EL) and fail secure functions (EU) include a Temperature Control Module (TCM) with the price of the lock.



8KW/9KW Series Electromechanical Cylindrical Locks (continued)


Electromechanical:8KW Elect. locked / unlocked DEL, DEU9KW Elect. locked / unlocked DEL, DEU


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMThin door 1-3/8” 1-3/8”3/4” throw latch 3/4Special backsets 84K / 85K / 94K / 95KLead lined LLSecurity head screws SHTactile knob both sides TAC/BTactile knob outside TAC/OTactile knob inside TAC/IAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8


2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 6-pin / 7-pin 71217417 / B54200Breakaway knob driver B54856

PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.8020.001.507.40


ADD-ON

18.0041.0057.0075.0029.0020.00219.0021.0080.0041.0041.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.10



979.00 980.00 969.00 911.00874.00 875.00 864.00 806.00



Electromechanical Lock Accessories

*8WTCM DETAILS - HOW TO ORDER

How To Order9K 40H

Part No. Description Part No. Description

73203634S

YELLOW (FAIL SAFE) 73203623S GREEN (FAIL SAFE)

73183406S RED (FAIL SECURE) 73115996S BLUE (FAIL SECURE)

HOW TO ORDER EXAMPLE

73183406S = 8WTCM RED (FAIL SECURE)


Transformer 8W599AC to DC converter 8WCONNarrow plate (push button) 8WBU-1-NStandard plate (push button) 8WBU-1-ATemperature control module 8WTCM*

PRICE

134.0051.0091.0091.00

146.00



Electric Strike 4

DESCRIPTION FAMILY / SERIES / MODEL / FACE PLATEES4 Electric Strike with 4 7/8 faceplate - square corner ES4 S A-SES4 Electric Strike with 4 7/8 faceplate - round corner ES4 S A-RES4 Electric Strike with 6 7/8 faceplate ES4 S BES4 Electric Stike with 7 15/16 faceplate ES4 S C

DESCRIPTION SERIES ADDERStandard - no monitoring S Keeper open / closed status K

DESCRIPTION FINISH ADDERSatin Brass 606Oil Rubbed Bronze 613Satin Aluminum 628Satin Stainless Steel 630

How To OrderSeries Model Faceplate Finish

ES4 S– standard K– keeper open/closed status

A-S– 4 7/8 square A-R– 4 7/8 round B–6 7/8* C–7 15/16*

606 613 628 630

*Note - 6 7/8 & 7 15/16 only available in 628 finish


PRICE181.00186.00194.00199.00

PRICEN/C

41.00

PRICE31.0031.00N/CN/C


Electric Strike 5

DESCRIPTION FAMILY / SERIES / MODEL / FACE PLATE

ES5 electric strike for cylindrical locks up to 5/8 latch ES5 A

ES5 electric strike for mortise locksets & exit mortise devices with or without a deadlatch located below the latch-bolt. Accurate, Arrow, BEST, Corbin Russwin, Dorma, Falcon, Marks, Sargent, Yale ES5 B

ES5 electric strike for mortise locksets & exit mortise devices with or without a deadlatch located above the latch-bolt. SDC, Schlage, Baldwin, Hager ES5 C

ES5 electric strike for mortise locks with a deadbolt and deadlatch located below the latchbolt. Accurate, Arrow, BEST, Corbin Russwin, Dorma, Falcon, Marks, Sargent, Yale. ES5 D

ES electric strike for mortise locks with deadbolt and no deadlatch feature. Baldwin ES5 E

ES5 electric strike for mortise locks with a deadbolt and deadlatch located above the latchbolt. SDC, Schlage, Hager. ES5 F

DESCRIPTION MONITORING OPTIONSLatch bolt monitoring LBMLatch bolt and deadlock monitoring LBM / LCMDeadbolt monitoring - Right hand - (Available with LBM and LCM. For D, E and models only) DBM - RHDeadbolt monitoring - Left hand - (Available with LBM and LCM. For D, E and models only) DBM - LH

DESCRIPTION FINISH OPTIONSSatin Brass 606Satin Bronze 612Oil Rubbed Bronze 613Bright Chrome 625Satin Stainless Steel 630

How To Order

Series ModelMonitoring Op-

tionsHanding Finish

ES5 A– Compatible locks with all cylindrical locksets with up to 5/8” latch. B– Mortise locksets and exit mortise devices with or without a deadlatch located below the latchbolt. Accurate, Arrow, BEST, Corbin Russwin, Dorma, Falcon, Marks, Sargent, Yale. C– Mortise locksets and mortise exit devices with or without a deadlatch located above the latchbolt. SDC, Schlage, Baldwin, Hager. D– Mortise locksets with a deadbolt and deadlatch located below the latchbolt. Accurate, Arrow, BEST, Corbin Russwin, Dorma, Falcon, Marks, Sargent, Yale. E– Mortise lockset with deadbolt and no deadlatch feature. Baldwin. F– Mortise locksets with a deadbolt and a deadlatch located above the latchbolt. SDC, Schlage, Hager.

S–Standard* LBM– Latch Moni-toring LBM/LCM–Latch-bolt and Deadlock Monitoring DBM- Deadbolt Monitoring**

RH LH

606 612 613 625 630


PRICE

472.00

492.00

492.00

510.00

510.00

510.00

PRICE72.00

138.0072.0072.00

PRICE51.0051.0051.0051.00 N/C



Electronic Lock Software & Accessories

For Wi-Q Technology Wireless software, accessories and locks, see pages 89-94

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERReaders

Magnetic card access reader – 12VDC, track 2, weatherized (no keypad), black (MR-5) 36012OWBK

Dual validation (magnetic stripe & keypad) reader – 12VDC, track 2, weatherized (no keypad), black (MR-5), with tamper 36012OWBKOT

HID Proximity reader – MiniProx – Gray with pigtail leads (5–16 VDC) 5365EGP00Indala proximity reader – slim, graphite, 5 inch length FP4515AMullion mount multi-frequency reader XF1100D

CardsMAGNETIC STRIPE CARDS Non-Encoded:PVC (box of 500) VPA-PVCPVC (single card) VPA-PVC-SCPolyester (single card) VPA-POLY-SCPROXIMITY CARDS (HID & Indala Branded):HID® Clam shell (box of 100) HID® branded 1326LSSMVIndala® Clam shell (box of 100) Indala® branded FPCRDSSSMW0000

B.A.

S.I.S

. G

B.A.

S.I.S

. V

Keyp

ad E

Z

IDH

MAX

G BV Z M

X X XX X XX X X

X XX X


PRICE

453.00

870.00

463.00480.00408.00

1913.004.104.70

575.00617.00


Electronic Lock Software & Accessories (continued)

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERElectronic Lock Accessories (Continued)REPLACEMENT PARTS:Shrink wrap battery pack & foam* VPD-BATTReplacement battery pack VPD-BB4 Cell Battery holder for new style 2 piece I/S escutcheon offline products C835118 Cell Battery holder for new style 2 piece I/S escutcheon offline products C83522Extented life battery door cover B62129SERVICE EQUIPMENT:Offline lock programming cable BASDCABMagnetic Card Encoder MSR20633BATransport Programming Device SES-NetBookTransport Memory Drive SES-MEMTransport USB to Serial Adapter SES-USBTransport connector/adapter (no cable, used to connect SES-USB to BASDCAB) SES-DB9CONTransport cable adapter (6' Cable adapter) SES-DB9CABPower supply – 12 or 24 VDC, 2.5A output, 120 VAC input, UL AL300ULXBackup battery for power supply, 12 VDC, 12 AH NP12A12VStandard driver bit VPD-T15McGard driver bit VPD-HS-DRVRMcGard battery door screw (specify finish) VPD-HS-SCRWCleaning cards (box of 50) VPDCLNDelayed egress magnetic lock 17035Delayed egress mini magnetic lock 17300

B.A.

S.I.S

. G

B.A.

S.I.S

. V

Keyp

ad E

Z

IDH

MAX

G BV Z M

X X XX X XX X XX X X

X XX X XX XX XX XX XX X

X X X XX X X XX X X XX X X

PRICE

19.0033.0039.0070.0024.00

172.003268.001964.0075.0094.0021.0039.00565.00181.0024.0032.0032.00163.00

1504.001410.00

*VPD-BATT used with legacy V Series locks only



EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, 619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMThick door Specify thicknessTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50-91Extended Life Battery 8CE



45HZ Keypad EZ Mortise Locks

How To Order45HZ 7 TV 15 KP 626 RH


Options

45HZ 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

DV – Latch with key TV – Deadbolt with key NV – Latch without key LV – Deadbolt without key

Levers: 3 – Solid tube/return 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17* – Gull wing 4 – Round Knob Decorative* 50-91

KP – Keypad 626 690 626AM* – Antimicrobial Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 618 625

RH RHRB LH LHRB

8CE* – 8-cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4-cell shrink wrap battery P2*** – Phillips head screws Thick Door* – Specify thickness 7/8”* – Flat lip strike TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

* Indicates extra cost; see below. ** Indicates cost deduction. *** T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard.


KEYPAD EZ MORTISE LOCKS:45HZ - Single Keyed Latch DV45HZ - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HZ - Non-keyed Latch NV45HZ - Non-keyed Deadbolt LV

B.A.

S.I.S

. G

B.A.

S.I.S

. V

Keyp

ad E

Z

IDH

MAX

G BV Z M

X X XX X XX X XX X X

X XX X XX XX XX XX XX X

X X X XX X X XX X X XX X X


ADD-ON56.00110.00122.0081.00115.0058.0058.0021.0063.00202.0065.00

DEDUCT

61.00



1180.00 1181.00 1170.00 1112.001204.00 1205.00 1194.00 1136.00

N/A N/A N/A 1051.00N/A N/A N/A 1075.00


** Not available on #17 levers.



KEYPAD EZ CYLINDRICAL LOCK:9KZ - Single keyed lock DV

9KZ Keypad EZ Cylindrical Locks

How To Order9KZ 3 7 DV 15 KP STK 626


CodeLever Style

Trim Style

Strike Pack-age

Finish Options

9KZ 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0*** – Non-IC Prep 6** – 6 pin non-IC cylinder 7 – 7-pin hous-ing; accepts all BEST cores

DV - With Key

14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour angle return 16 – Curved with no return 4 – Round Knob

KP – Keypad

STK - Standard S3 - ANSI S3 - 7/8” Lip to Center Strike S3B* - ANSI (Strike w/ Plastic Box) S3B 7/8* - ANSI (Strike w/ Plastic Box)

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 618 625

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2**** – Phillips head screws LM – Lost motion 3/4* – 3/4” throw latch 0B* – non-IC zero-bitted KA* – non-IC keyed alike KD* – non-IC keyed different COR*** – Non IC Corbin-Russwin MED*** – Non IC Medeco SAR*** – Non IC Sargent SCH*** – Non IC Schlage YAL*** – Non IC Yale SCHRC*** – Schlage RC (14 & 15 lever only) AL/O* – Abrasive Lever Outside AL/I* – Abrasive Lever Inside AL/B* – Abrasive Lever Both TL/O* – Tactile Lever Outside TL/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TL/B* – Tactile Lever Both WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

* Indicates extra cost option. ** Six-pin cylinder in Schlage “C” keyway included with 0B, KA, and KD options. Must specify “6” for core housing. *** Cylinder not included with COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, or SCHRC options. Must specify “0” for core housing. **** T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard.


2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 6-pin / 7-pin 71217417 / B54200

PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.80

20.001.50




1012.00 1013.00 1002.00 944.00

W/ NON-IC CYL

903.00


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM3/4" throw latch 3/4Special backsets 94KZ / 95KZAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8" Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8Extended Life Battery 8CENon-IC zero bitted (single keyed) OBNon-IC keyed alike (single keyed) KANon-IC keyed different (single keyed) KD

ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0029.0020.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.1065.0041.0041.0041.00



EXZ Keypad EZ Exit Trim

How To OrderEXZ 7 EV 15 KP 626 RHR PH2 RM


Manf. Locking Type Options

EXZ 0 – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

EV – With key** NV – Without key

14 – Curved w/ return 15 – Contour w/ angle return

KP - Key Pad 626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 613

RHR LHR

VD9** – Von Duprin 98/99 series PH2 – Precision Hardware 2000 series SA8 – Sargent 8000 Series***

RM – Rim MO – Mortise RD – Surface and concealed vertical rods

SH* – Security head screws

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **The EV function (key override) is not available on the Von Duprin Mortise type. ***SA8 Only available with Rim Type device. SA8 does not work with EV function (Key Override).


KEYPAD EZ EXIT TRIM LOCKS:EXZ - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXZ - Exit Trim - non keyed NV


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 613, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMSecurity head screws SH

ADD-ON

56.00122.0021.00




1544.00 1545.00 1534.00 1476.00N/A N/A N/A 1415.00



45HG B.A.S.I.S.® G Mortise Locks


MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:45HG - Single Keyed Latch DV45HG - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HG - Non-keyed Latch NV45HG - Non-keyed Deadbolt LVMAG STRIPE/KEYPAD DUAL VALIDATION READER:45HG - Single Keyed Latch DV45HG - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HG - Non-keyed Latch NV45HG - Non-keyed Deadbolt LV

How To Order45HG 7 TV 14 MS 626 RH


Options

45HG 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

DV – Latch w/key TV – Deadbolt w/key LV – Deadbolt w/o key NV – Latch w/o key


MS**** – Magnetic stripe DV**** – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) DVA**** – Other cylinder MSA**** – Other cylinder

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625

RH RHR LH LHR

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2*** – Phillips head screws KOS* – Key override sensor Thick Door* – Specify thickness 7/8”* – Flat lip strike TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both TRK1**** – Track 1 TRK2**** – Track 2 TRK3**** – Track 3 WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

*Indicates extra cost option. **Indicates cost deduction. ***T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard. ****Must specify track number.

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613,619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMThick door Specify thicknessTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50-91Extended Life Battery 8CEKey Override Sensor KOS

**Not available on #17 levers.






1350.00 1351.00 1340.00 1282.001376.00 1377.00 1366.00 1308.00

N/A N/A N/A 1221.00N/A N/A N/A 1247.00

1516.00 1517.00 1506.00 1448.001546.00 1547.00 1536.00 1478.00

N/A N/A N/A 1387.00N/A N/A N/A 1417.00

ADD-ON56.00

110.00122.0081.00

115.0058.0058.0021.0063.00

202.0065.0034.00

DEDUCT

61.00



9KG B.A.S.I.S® G Cylindrical Locks

How To Order9KG 3 7 DV 14 MS STK 626



Strike Package

Finish Options

9KG 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”

0*** – Non-IC Prep 6** – 6 pin non-IC cylinder 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

DV – with key

4 – Round knob 14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour with angle return 16 – Curved without return

MS***** – Magnetic stripe DV***** – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad)

STK - Stan-dard S3 - ANSI S3 - 7/8” Lip to Center Strike S3B* - ANSI (Strike w/ Plastic Box) S3B 7/8* - ANSI (Strike w/ Plastic Box)

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 Bright* 605 625

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2**** – Phillips head screws FM – Free Motion 3/4* – 3/4” throw latch 0B** – non-IC zero-bitted KA** – non-IC keyed alike KD** – non-IC keyed different COR*** – Non IC Corbin-Russwin MED*** – Non IC Medeco SAR*** – Non IC Sargent SCH*** – Non IC Schlage YAL*** – Non IC Yale SCHRC*** – Schlage RC (14 & 15 lever only) AL/O* – Abrasive Lever Outside AL/I* – Abrasive Lever Inside AL/B* – Abrasive Lever Both TL/O* – Tactile Lever Outside TL/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TL/B* – Tactile Lever Both TRK1***** – Track 1 TRK2***** – Track 2 TRK3***** – Track 3 WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

* Indicates extra cost option. ** Six-pin cylinder in Schlage “C” keyway included with 0B, KA, KD options. Must specify “6” for core housing. *** Cylinder not included with COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, or SCHRC options. Must specify “0” for core housing. ****T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard. *****Must specify track number.


MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:9KG - Single keyed lock DVMAG STRIPE/KEYPAD DUAL VALIDATION READER:9KG - Single keyed lock DV


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM3/4” throw latch 3/4Special backsets 94KG / 95KGAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8Extended Life Battery 8CE


2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 7-pin B54200

PART PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.80

20.001.50




1230.00 1231.00 1220.00 1162.00

1405.00 1406.00 1395.00 1337.00

ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0029.0020.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.1065.00



EXG B.A.S.I.S® G Exit Trim

How To OrderEXG 7 EV 15 MS 626 RHR PH2 RM



EXG 0 – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores



MS**** – Magnetic stripe DV**** – Dual vali-dation (magstripe and keypad)

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 613

RHR LHR

VD9** – Von Duprin 98/99 series PH2 – Precision Hardware 2000 series SA8 – Sargent 8000 Series***

RM – Rim*** MO – Mortise RD – Surface and concealed vertical rods

SH* – Security head screws TRK1**** – Track 1 TRK2**** – Track 2 TRK3**** – Track 3

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **The EV function (key override) is not available on the Von Duprin Mortise type. ***SA8 Only available with Rim Type device. SA8 does not work with EV function (Key Override). ****Must specify track number.



MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:EXG - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXG - Exit Trim - non keyed NVMAG STRIPE/KEYPAD DUAL VALIDATION READER:EXG - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXG - Exit Trim - non keyed NV



COMPLETE WITH CORE LESS CORE LIST PRICEPATENTED* PREMIUM STANDARD

1642.00 1643.00 1632.00 1574.00N/A N/A N/A 1513.00

1815.00 1816.00 1805.00 1747.00N/A N/A N/A 1686.00

ADD-ON

N/A56.00122.0021.00



45HBV B.A.S.I.S® V Mortise Locks

How To Order45HBV 7 TV 14 MS 626 RH


Options

45HBV 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores



MS**** – Magnetic stripe DV**** – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® DVA**** – Dual Validation Adaptation MSA**** – Magstripe Adaptation PHA – Prox HID® Adapta-tion PMA – Prox Motorola Adaptation SC - HID® iClass®

626 630 690 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 Bright* 605 611 625 629

RH RHR LH LHR

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2*** – Phillips head screws KOS* – Key override sensor Thick Door* – Specify thickness 7/8”* – Flat lip strike TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both TRK1**** – Track 1 TRK2**** – Track 2 TRK3**** – Track 3 MWIE – Motorola 26 bit Wiegand H26B – HID 26 bit Wiegand H37B – HID 37 bit Wiegand WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)


FUNCTION DESCRPTION FUNCTION CODE

MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:45HBV - Single Keyed Latch DV45HBV - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HBV - Non-keyed Latch NV45HBV - Non-keyed Deadbolt LVMAG STRIPE/KEYPAD DUAL VALIDATION READER:45HBV - Single Keyed Latch DV45HBV - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HBV - Non-keyed Latch NV45HBV - Non-keyed Deadbolt LVHID PROXIMITY READER:45HBV - Single Keyed Latch DV45HBV - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HBV - Non-keyed Latch NV45HBV - Non-keyed Deadbolt LVINDALA (MOTOROLA) PROXIMITY READER:45HBV - Single Keyed Latch DV45HBV - Single Keyed Deadbolt TV45HBV - Non-keyed Latch NV45HBV - Non-keyed Deadbolt LV




1561.00 1562.00 1551.00 1493.001575.00 1576.00 1565.00 1507.00

N/A N/A N/A 1432.00N/A N/A N/A 1446.00

1725.00 1726.00 1715.00 1657.001727.00 1728.00 1717.00 1659.00

N/A N/A N/A 1596.00N/A N/A N/A 1598.00

2099.00 2100.00 2089.00 2031.002118.00 2119.00 2108.00 2050.00

N/A N/A N/A 1970.00N/A N/A N/A 1989.00

2261.00 2262.00 2251.00 2193.002281.00 2282.00 2271.00 2213.00

N/A N/A N/A 2132.00N/A N/A N/A 2152.00



45HBV B.A.S.I.S® Mortise Locks (continued)


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613,619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMThick door Specify thicknessTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/ISecurity head screws SH7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50-91Extended Life Battery 8CEKey Override Sensor KOS




ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0081.00115.0058.0058.0021.0021.0063.00202.0065.0034.00

DEDUCT

61.00





MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:9KBV - Single keyed lock DVMAG STRIPE/KEYPAD DUAL VALIDATION READER:9KBV - Single keyed lock DVHID PROXIMITY READER:9KBV - Single keyed lock DVINDALA (MOTOROLA) PROXIMITY READER:9KBV - Single keyed lock DV

9KBV B.A.S.I.S® V Cylindrical Locks


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM3/4” throw latch 3/4Special backsets 94KBV / 95KBVAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8Extended Life Battery 8CE

How To Order9KBV 3 7 DV 14 MS STK 626

Series BacksetCore

HousingFunction


Strike Package

Finish Options

9KBV 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”


DV – with key

4 – Round knob 14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour with angle return 16 – Curved without return

MS***** – Magnetic stripe DV***** – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® SC - HID® iClass®

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI S3~7/8* – Lip to center strike

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 Bright* 605 625

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2**** – Phillips head screws FM – Free Motion 3/4* – 3/4” throw latch 0B** – non-IC zero-bitted KA** – non-IC keyed alike KD** – non-IC keyed different COR*** – Non IC Corbin-Russwin MED*** – Non IC Medeco SAR*** – Non IC Sargent SCH*** – Non IC Schlage YAL*** – Non IC Yale SCHRC*** – Schlage RC (14 & 15 lever only) AL/O* – Abrasive Lever Outside AL/I* – Abrasive Lever Inside AL/B* – Abrasive Lever Both TL/O* – Tactile Lever Outside TL/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TL/B* – Tactile Lever Both TRK1***** – Track 1 TRK2***** – Track 2 TRK3***** – Track 3 MWIE – Motorola 26 bit Wiegand H26B – HID 26 bit Wiegand H37B – HID 37 bit Wiegand WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)


2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 6-pin / 7-pin 71217417 / B54200

PART PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.80

20.001.50




1420.00 1421.00 1410.00 1352.00

1585.00 1586.00 1575.00 1517.00

1963.00 1964.00 1953.00 1895.00

2113.00 2114.00 2103.00 2045.00

ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0029.0020.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.10

65.00




EXBV B.A.S.I.S® V Exit Trim

How To OrderEXBV 7 EV 15 MS 626 RHR PH2 RM



EXBV 0 – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores



MS**** – Magnetic stripe DV**** – Dual valida-tion (magstripe and keypad) PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® SC - HID® iClass®

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 613

RHR LHR

PH2 – Precision Hardware 2000 series VD9** – Von Duprin 98/99 series SA8 – Sargent 8000 Series***


SH* – Security head screws TRK1**** – Track 1 TRK2**** – Track 2 TRK3**** – Track 3 MWIE – Motorola 26 bit Wiegand H26B – HID 26 bit Wiegand H37B – HID 37 bit Wiegand

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **The EV function (key override) is not available on the Von Duprin Mortise type. ***SA8 Only available with Rim Type device. SA8 does not work with EV function (Key Override). ****Must specify track number.


MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:EXBV - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXBV - Exit Trim - non keyed NVMAG STRIPE/KEYPAD DUAL VALIDATION READER:EXBV - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXBV - Exit Trim - non keyed NVHID PROXIMITY READER:EXBV - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXBV - Exit Trim - non keyed NVINDALA (MOTOROLA) PROXIMITY READER:EXBV - Exit Trim - single keyed EVEXBV - Exit Trim - non keyed NV





1766.00 1767.00 1756.00 1698.00N/A N/A N/A 1637.00

1937.00 1938.00 1927.00 1869.00N/A N/A N/A 1808.00

2327.00 2328.00 2317.00 2259.00N/A N/A N/A 2198.00

2485.00 2486.00 2475.00 2417.00N/A N/A N/A 2356.00

ADD-ON

56.00122.0021.00




45HM IDH MAX™ Mortise Locks

How To Order45HM 7 DEU 14 MS 626 RH


Options

45HM 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

DEU – Electrically unlocked DEL – Electrically locked NXEU – Electrically unlocked NXEL – Electrically Locked TDEU – Electrically Unlocked TDEL – Electrically Locked LEU – Electrically unlocked LEL – Electrically locked

Levers: 3 – Solid tube/return 4 – Round 12* – Solid tube/no return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return 17* – Gull wing Decorative* 50-91

MS**** – Magnetic stripe PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® MSA**** – Magstripe Adaptation PHA – Proximity HID Adaptation PMA – Proximity Mo-torola Adaptation SC - HID® iClass®

626 630 690 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 Bright* 605 611 625 629

RH RHRB LH LHRB

P2*** – Phillips head screws Thick Door* – Specify thickness 7/8”* – Flat lip strike 1300* – B.A.S.I.S. Direct Connect TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both MWIE – Motorola 26 bit Wiegand H26B – HID 26 bit Wiegand H37B – HID 37 bit Wiegand TRK1**** - Track 1 TRK2**** - Track 2 TRK3**** - Track 3

* Indicates extra cost; see below. ** Indicates cost deduction; see below. ***T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard. ****Must specify track number.


MAGNETIC STRIPE READER:45HM - Single Keyed Latch DEU, DEL45HM - Non-keyed Latch NXEU, NXEL45HM - Single Keyed Deadbolt TDEU, TDEL45HM - Non-keyed Deadbolt LEU, LELHID PROXIMITY READER:45HM - Single Keyed Latch DEU, DEL45HM - Non-keyed Latch NXEU, NXEL45HM - Single Keyed Deadbolt TDEU, TDEL45HM - Non-keyed Deadbolt LEU, LELINDALA (MOTOROLA) PROXIMITY READER:45HM - Single Keyed Latch DEU, DEL45HM - Non-keyed Latch NXEU, NXEL45HM - Single Keyed Deadbolt TDEU, TDEL45HM - Non-keyed Deadbolt LEU, LELICLASS SMART CARD READER45HM - Single keyed latch DEU, DEL45HM - Non-Keyed Latch NXEU, NXEL45HM - Single Keyed Deadbolt TDEU, TDEL45HM - Non-keyed Deadbolt LEU, LEL




1942.00 1943.00 1932.00 1874.00N/A N/A N/A 1813.00

1961.00 1962.00 1951.00 1893.00N/A N/A N/A 1832.00

2503.00 2504.00 2493.00 2435.00N/A N/A N/A 2374.00

2507.00 2508.00 2497.00 2439.00N/A N/A N/A 2378.00

2675.00 2676.00 2665.00 2607.00N/A N/A N/A 2546.00

2680.00 2681.00 2670.00 2612.00N/A N/A N/A 2551.00

2382.00 2383.00 2372.00 2414.00N/A N/A N/A 2354.00

2401.00 2402.00 2391.00 2434.00N/A N/A N/A 2374.00



45HM IDH MAX™ Mortise Locks (continued)


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, 619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMThick door Specify thicknessTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50-91Integrated BAS1300/LNL1300 reader electronics board 1300




ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0081.00

115.0058.0058.0021.0063.00

202.00615.00

DEDUCT

61.00


1300 Option - Integrated reader electronics board embedded behind the escutcheon, secured and out of sight. This option functions with B.A.S.I.S. / LENEL On Guard on-line equipment only.


9KM IDH MAX™ Cylindrical Locks

How To Order9KM 3 7 DDEU 14 MS STK 626

SeriesBack-set

Core Housing Function Code Lever Style Rose StyleStrike


9KM 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”


DDEU – Electrically unlocked DDEL***** – Elec-trically locked

14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour with angle return 16 – Curved without return

MS****** – Mag-netic stripe PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® SC - HID® iClass®

STK – Standard S3 – ANSI S3~7/8* – Lip to center strike LS – Less Strike

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 619 622 Bright* 605 611 625

LM – Lost motion P2**** – Phillips head screws 3/4* – 3/4” throw latch 1300* – B.A.S.I.S. Direct Connect 0B** – non-IC zero-bitted KA** – non-IC keyed alike KD** – non-IC keyed different COR*** – Non IC Corbin-Russwin MED*** – Non IC Medeco SAR*** – Non IC Sargent SCH*** – Non IC Schlage YAL*** – Non IC Yale SCHRC*** – Schlage RC (14 & 15 lever only) AL/O* – Abrasive Lever Outside AL/I* – Abrasive Lever Inside AL/B* – Abrasive Lever Both TL/O* – Tactile Lever Outside TL/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TL/B* – Tactile Lever Both MWIE – Motorola 26 bit Wiegand H26B – HID 26 bit Wiegand H37B – HID 37 bit Wiegand TRK1****** - Track 1 TRK2****** - Track 2 TRK3****** - Track 3 C-PRE – Terminated Quick Connect Plug


MAGNETIC STRIPE READER9KM - Single keyed lock DDEU, DDELHID PROXIMITY READER9KM - Single keyed lock DDEU, DDELINDALA (MOTOROLA) PROXIMITY READER:9KM - Single keyed lock DDEU, DDELICLASS SMART CARD READER9KM - Single keyed latch DDEU, DDEL


Satin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM3/4” throw latch 3/4Special backsets 94KM / 95KMAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike S3 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8Integrated BAS1300/LNL1300 reader electronics board 1300

PARTS PART NUMBER

2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3Throw member 6-pin / 7-pin

71217417 / B54200

PART PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.8020.00

1.50




1854.00 1855.00 1844.00 1786.00

2410.00 2411.00 2400.00 2342.00

2573.00 2574.00 2563.00 2505.00

2382.00 2383.00 2372.00 2414.00

ADD-ON

56.00110.00122.0029.0020.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.10

615.00


1300 Option - Integrated reader electronics board embed-ded behind the escutcheon, secured and out of sight. This option functions with B.A.S.I.S. / LENEL On Guard on-line equipment only.

* Indicates extra cost option.** Six-pin cylinder in Schlage “C” keyway included with 0B, KA, KD options. Must specify “6” for core housing.*** Cylinder not included with COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, or SCHRC options. Must specify “0” for core housing.****T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard.*****DDEL is not available when using 1300 option.******Must specify track number.


STANLEY Wi-Q™ Technology Wireless Access Management Software & Accessories

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERPortal Gateways (PG)

Portal Gateway for up to 64 Readers/Locks* with half wave dipole omnidirectional antenna (should only be used where PG is mounted in an open area, not in a ceiling or restricted signal area). WQX-PG

Portal Gateway for up to 64 Readers/Locks* with ceiling mount omnidirectional antenna. WQX-PG-CPortal Gateway with enclosure, power supply and ceiling mount omnidirectional antenna WQX-PG-C-B

Portal Gateway in a mounting enclosure, without Power Supply. This would be used with Power Over Ethernet (POE) devices (not included) WQX-PG-BP

Portal Gateway in a mounting enclosure, with ceiling mount omnidirectional antenna, without Power Supply. This would be used with Power Over Ethernet (POE) devices (not included) WQX-PG-C-BP

Portal Gateway for up to 64 Readers/Locks* with wall mount directional antenna WQX-PG-WPortal Gateway with enclosure, power supply and wall mount directional antenna WQX-PG-W-B

Wireless Access Controllers (WAC)

Wireless Access Controller with half wave dipole omnidirectional antenna (should only be used where WAC is mounted in an open area, not in a ceiling or restricted signal area). WQX-WAC

Wireless Access Controller with ceiling mount omni directional antenn WQX-WAC-CWireless Access Controller in enclosure with power supply and ceiling mount omnidirectional antenna WQX-WAC-C-BWireless Access Controller with wall mount directional antenna WQX-WAC-WWireless Access Controller in enclosure with power supply and wall mount directional antenna WQX-WAC-W-BWireless Access Controller in Nema enclosure with power supply and exterior directional antenna WQX-WAC-D-BWWireless Access Controller in Nema enclosure with power supply and exterior omni-directional antenna WQX-WAC-O-BWWireless Access Controller sign-on keypad WQD-WACPADWireless Access Controller Survey Kit WQD-SurveyPower and adaptersSealed battery pack VPD-BBPlug-in Transformer (wall-mount) with 6' of cable WQD-12827Power over Ethernet Power Supply/Inserter WQD-12927-001Power over Ethernet Active Splitter with Isolation WQD-12928-001Stanley Wi-Q™ Antennas & Accessories2.4 GHz Interior Ceiling Mount Omni-directional Antenna kit* WQD-ACMO2.4 GHz Interior/Exterior Wall mount directional antenna kit* WQD-AWMD2.4GHZ Exterior directional antenna** WQD-AEMD2.4GHZ Exterior omnidirectional mast mount kit** WQD-AEMOExterior Antenna Grounding kit*** WQD-AGTSurge Protection Kit WQD-SURGCleaning Cards (box of 50) VPDCLNHID Proximity Card Enrollment Reader RDR6081AKU

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERSoftwareB.A.S.I.S / Wi-Q™ Interface WQS-BAS-INTB.A.S.I.S Stanley Wi-Q™ Reader License SWG-WIQ-32

*Antenna Kit include antenna, standard mount and 20’ cable to connec to PG or WAC. **Antenna Kit includes antenna, wall and post moutns and 20’ cable to connect to PG or WAC. ***Grounding Kit includes coax grounding kit and lighting arrestor.


PRICE

1230.00

1434.001800.00

1398.00

1601.00

1616.001982.00

830.00

1036.001402.001218.001584.001953.001878.00437.004868.00

32.0033.00122.00119.00

260.00439.00598.00474.00354.00265.00163.00765.00

PRICE

204.002294.00

*Does not imply that 64 readers/locks will be within distance/RF range to connect. Total number of portal gateways required is based on individual system survey and requirements.


BEST 45HQ Wireless Mortise Locks With STANLEY Wi-Q™ Technology

How To Order45HQ 7 TV 14 MS 626 RH


Options

45HQ 0** – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; accepts all BEST cores

DV – Latch w/key TV – Deadbolt w/key


MS**** – Magnetic stripe DV**** – Dual valida-tion (magstripe and keypad) PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® DVA**** – Other cyl MSA**** – Other cyl PHA – Other cyl PMA – Other cyl SC - HID ® iClass ®

626 630 690 626AM* 630AM* Satin* 606 612 613 Bright* 605 611 625 629

RH RHRB LH LHRB

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2*** – Phillips head screws Thick Door* – Specify thickness 7/8”* – Flat lip strike TAC/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TAC/O* – Tactile lever Outside TAC/B* – Tactile Lever Both TRK1**** – Track 1 TRK2**** – Track 2 TRK3**** – Track 3 WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

Note: Wireless locks come with Integrated Door Hardware (IDH) as standard -Request to Exit (RQE), door position switch (DS), latch bolt monitor switch (LS) and key-override switch (KOS) on DV Function.



Magnetic stripe reader45HQ- Single Keyed Latch DV45HQ- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVMagnetic stripe/keypad dual validation reader45HQ- Single Keyed Latch DV45HQ- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVHID® Proximity reader45HQ- Single Keyed Latch DV45HQ- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVIndala® proximity reader45HQ- Single Keyed Latch DV45HQ- Single Keyed Deadbolt TViClass Smart Card reader45HQ- Single Keyed Latch DV45HQ- Single Keyed Deadbolt TV




1849.00 1850.00 1839.00 1781.001868.00 1869.00 1858.00 1800.00

2039.00 2040.00 2029.00 1971.002058.00 2059.00 2048.00 1990.00

2168.00 2169.00 2158.00 2100.002283.00 2284.00 2273.00 2215.00

2386.00 2387.00 2376.00 2318.002500.00 2501.00 2490.00 2432.00

2386.00 2387.00 2376.00 2318.002500.00 2501.00 2490.00 2432.00

*Patented pricing shown is for CORMAX patented keying system. Add $20.00 for Best Preferred patented keying.


BEST 45HQ Wireless Mortise Locks With STANLEY Wi-Q™ Technology (continued)

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, 619 etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 611, 625 etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM, 630AMThick door Specify thicknessTactile both levers/knobs** TAC/BTactile outside lever/knob** TAC/OTactile inside lever/knob** TAC/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike 7/8 LTC12, 17 Lever Design 12, 17Decorative Lever Design 50-91Extended Life Battery 8CE

**COST DEDUCTIONS OPTION CODELess cylinder option (Deduct from complete price) 0


ADD-ON56.00110.00122.0081.00115.0058.0058.0021.0063.00202.0065.00

DEDUCT61.00



BEST 9KQ Wireless Cylindrical Locks With STANLEY Wi-Q™ Technology


Magnetic Stripe Reader9KQ - Single keyed lock DVMag Stripe Keypad Dual Validation Reader9KQ - Single keyed lock DVHID® Proximity Reader9KQ - Single keyed lock DVIndala® Proximity Reader9KQ - Single keyed lock DViClass Smart Card Reader9KQ - Single keyed lock DV

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613, etc.Bright finishes (per lock) 605, 625, 629, etc.UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AM3/4” throw latch 3/4Special backsets 94KQ / 95KQAbrasive lever both sides AL/BAbrasive lever outside AL/OAbrasive lever inside AL/ITactile lever both sides TL/BTactile lever outside TL/OTactile lever inside TL/I7/8” Lip-to-center strike 3S 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8Extended Life Battery 8CE

How To Order9KQ 3 7 DV 14 MS STK 626



Strike Pack-age

Finish Options

9KQ 3 – 2-3/4” 4* – 3-3/4” 5* – 5”


DV – with key

14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour with angle return 16 – Curved without return 4 – Round knob

MS***** – Magnetic stripe DV***** – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® SC - HID ® iClass ®

STK – Stan-dard S3 – ANSI S3~7/8* – Lip to center strike

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 Bright* 605 625

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with bat-teries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery P2**** – Phillips head screws LM – Lost motion 3/4* – 3/4” throw latch 0B** – non-IC zero-bitted COR*** – non IC Corbin Russwin MED*** – non IC Medeco SAR*** – non IC Sargent SCH*** – non IC Schlage YAL*** – non IC Yale SCHRC*** – Schlage RC (14 & 15 lever only) AL/O* – Abrasive Lever Outside AL/I* – Abrasive Lever Inside AL/B* – Abrasive Lever Both TL/O* – Tactile Lever Outside TL/I* – Tactile Lever Inside TL/B* – Tactile Lever Both TRK1***** – Track 1 TRK2***** – Track 2 TRK3***** – Track 3 WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)




1748.00 1749.00 1738.00 1680.00

1945.00 1946.00 1935.00 1877.00

2257.00 2258.00 2247.00 2189.00

2482.00 2483.00 2472.00 2414.00

2482.00 2483.00 2472.00 2414.00

ADD-ON56.00

110.00122.0029.0020.0041.0021.0021.0080.0041.0041.0021.002.1065.00

PRICE

69.0087.0087.006.80

20.001.50


2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Standard strike package 8KS2 / 9KS2ANSI strike package 8KS3 / 9KS3Throw member 6-pin / 7-pin 71217417 / B54200


Note: Wireless locks come with Integrated Door Hardware (IDH) as standard -Request to Exit (RQE), Door Position Switch (DS)



BEST EXQ Wireless Exit Trim With STANLEY Wi-Q™ Technology

How To OrderEXQ 7 EV 15 MS 626 RHR PH2 RM

SeriesCore hous-

ingFunction

codeLever style Trim style Finish

Door hand

Mfg Locking type Options

EXQ 0 – Less Core Housing 7 – 7-pin housing; ac-cepts all BEST cores

EV – With key**


MS*** – Magnetic stripe DV*** – Dual valida-tion (magstripe and keypad) PH – Proximity HID® PM – Proximity Indala® SC - HID ® iClass ®

626 690 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613

RHR LHR

PH2 – Precision Hardware 2000 series VD9** – Von Duprin 98/99 series


SH* – Security head screws MT1*** – Track 1 MT2*** – Track 2 MT3*** – Track 3

Note: Wireless locks come standard with door position switch (DS), connector/input to connect to a RQE switch inside exit device. (RQE switch must be purchased separately for exit device brand and model). Note: Latch Switch connector is also included for use with a latch switch indicator only on Precision exit devices.

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **The EV function (key override) is not available on the Von Duprin Mortise type. ***Must specify track number.


Magnetic Stripe ReaderEXQ - Exit Trim - single keyed EVMag Stripe Keypad Dual Validation ReaderEXQ - Exit Trim - single keyed EVHID® Proximity ReaderEXQ - Exit Trim - single keyed EVIndala® Proximity ReaderEXQ - Exit Trim - single keyed EViClass Smart Card ReaderEXQ - Exit Trim - single keyed EV

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 606, 612, 613UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMSecurity head screws SH




2128.00 2129.00 2118.00 2060.00

2328.00 2329.00 2318.00 2260.00

2711.00 2712.00 2701.00 2643.00

2912.00 2913.00 2902.00 2844.00

2912.00 2913.00 2902.00 2844.00

ADD-ON56.00

122.0021.00



BEST Wireless Conversion Kits With STANLEY Wi-Q™ Technology

How To OrderKit works on B.A.S.I.S. 9K and 40H Platforms

Works on Magnetic Stripe, Dual Validation, HID® Proximity, and Indala® Proximity Kits will not work on 30H Mortise Platforms.

SERIES STYLE DESCRIPTION WQCNKT-1 Cylindrical wireless upgrade kit

WQCNKT-1 Cylindrical wireless upgrade kit

Kit to convert a B.A.S.I.S. 9K V/G standalone lockset to a Stanley Wi-Q™ Wireless Lockset. Notes: 1) Kit includes a new 9K chassis with new motor, RQE hub and door position switch. 2) If the conversion kit will be used on a pre-2009 standalone lock with a HID Proximity Reader, it is highly recommended that a new HID Proximity reader is also purchased. The new style reader will provide better battery life than the pre-2009 HID Proximity Readers. (Part # 73132854S--- B82399 45HQ HID PROX BEZEL SUB-ASSY HID)

WQCNKT-2 Mortise DV function (without deadbolt) wireless upgrade kit with alarm functionality

Kit to convert a B.A.S.I.S. 45H V/G standalone lockset to a Stanley Wi-Q™ Wireless Lockset. Notes: 1) Kit also contains a new 45H DV mortise case which includes RQE, door position switch, latch position switch and key-override sensor to provide for full alarm functionality. 2) If the conversion kit will be used on a pre-2009 standalone lock with a HID Proximity Reader, it is highly recommended that a new HID Proximity reader is also purchased. The new style reader will provide better battery life than the pre-2009 HID Proximity Readers. (Part # 73132854S--- B82399 45HQ HID PROX BEZEL SUB-ASSY HID)

WQCNKT-3 Mortise TV function (with deadbolt) wireless upgrade kit with alarm functionality

Kit to convert a B.A.S.I.S. 45H V/G standalone lockset to a Stanley Wi-Q™ Wireless Lockset. Notes: 1) Kit also contains a new 45H TV mortise case which includes RQE, door position switch, deadbolt position switch, and key-override sensor to provide for full alarm functionality. 2) If the conversion kit will be used on a pre-2009 standalone lock with a HID Proximity Reader, it is highly recommended that a new HID Proximity reader is also purchased. The new style reader will provide better battery life than the pre-2009 HID Proximity Readers. (Part # 73132854S--- B82399 45HQ HID PROX BEZEL SUB-ASSY HID)

Upgrade kits must be installed by a STANLEY Certified Technician for warranty purposes.


PRICE

1224.00

1254.00

1314.00


STANLEY ID Express Station™

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

SSK-IDEXPRESS-KStanley ID Express Station™ - Kiosk configuration with 17” Touchscreen monitor, magnetic stripe card dispenser/enrollment station, verification CCTV and Uninterruptible Power Supply, (see note regarding shipping/crating costs)*

SSK-IDEXPRESS-DCStanley ID Express Station™ - Desktop Complete Configuration with Touchscreen monitor, magnetic stripe card dispenser/enrollment station and verification CCTV. Uninterruptible Power Supply is not included. An exterior placed UPS is recommended. (see note regarding shipping/crating costs)**

SSK-IDEXPRESS-PROX Additional Proximity card enrollment station for the K option Kiosk configurationSSK-IDEXPRESS-Logo Placement of Customers LOGO on top of Kiosk. Customer must provide art-ready graphic in electronic formatLE-SWG-1140*** OpenIT Software Module

Remote Card Encoding System


PRICE

37508.00

30262.00

1075.00567.008481.00

Shipping/crating Charges: *The above unit pricing does not include the crating charge of $350 and the shipping cost of $375 per Kiosk purchase. These amounts are in addition to the per unit pricing. (additional rates apply outside of Contiguous United States) **The above unit pricing does not include the crating charge of $250 and the shipping cost of $275 per Desktop purchase. These amounts are in addition to the per unit pricing. (additional rates apply outside of Contiguous United States) ***Applications utilizing dual validation locks (Card and Pin) will also require the OpenIT software module for the B.A.S.I.S management system. Refer to the Technical Support Group section for installation pricing.

Installation Requirement: (Provided by Others) Electrical: Requires one (1) standard duplex 110VAC 30 amp circuit located within 2’ of the equipment. Communications: Data Connection: Ethernet terminated with a RJ45 located within 2’ of the equipment

The Stanley ID Express Station™ system provides the ability for cardholders to conduct self-managed transactions via a simple and user-friendly interface at a kiosk station. Existing cards can be updated, or temporary cards can be issued. The Stanley ID Express Station™ is only compatible with the B.A.S.I.S. Access Control Software.


Electronic Lock Inside Escutcheon Conversion Kits

How To Order

Kit works on Keypad EZ, B.A.S.I.S. G, B.A.S.I.S. V, NT500, and Wi-Q products. Kits do not work on IDH Max products.

Cylindrical Conversion Kits9KEKT DV 626

SeriesWireless or

non-wirelessFunction Code Finish Options

9KEKT – Cylindrical conversion kit Q – Wi-Q Wireless Blank – Non-wireless

DV – Latch w/key 626 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 Bright* 605 625 629

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery pack P2** – Phllips head screws

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard.

Mortise Conversion Kits45HEKT Q TV 606

SeriesWireless or

non-wirelessFunction Code Finish Options

45HEKT – Mortise conversion kit Q – Wi-Q Wireless Blank – Non-wireless


626 626AM* Satin* 606 612 613 Bright* 605 625 629

8CE* – 8 cell battery holder assy with batteries Thick Door* – Specify thickness P2** – Phllips head screws 4SW – 4 cell shrink wrap battery pack

*Indicates extra cost option; see below. **T15 Torx security screws are supplied standard.

CONVERSION KIT9KEKT Cylindrical conversion kitWi-Q WirelessNon-wireless45HEKT Mortise conversion kitWi-Q WirelessNon-wireless

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finish 606 612 613Bright finish 605 625 629UltraShield antimicrobial finish 626AMThick door Specify thicknessExtended Life Battery 8CE


PRICE

213.00100.00

213.00100.00

ADD-ON56.00

110.00122.0081.0065.00


45HOM OMNILOCK Wireless Mortise Locks

How To Order45HOM 7 DV 15 MDVW H B 626 RH

SeriesCore

HousingFunction

CodeLever Style Trim Style Rose

Housing Finish

FinishDoor Hand

Options

45HOM 0 – Dummy Cylinder 7 – With IC Cylinder (core not included)

DV – Latch w/key TV – Deadbolt w/key

Levers: 3 – Tubular/return 14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return 16 – Curved/no return

MDVW – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) KW - Keypad Reader MSW – Magnetic stripe PDVW - Dual Valida-tion (HID Proximity and keypad) PHW – Proximity HID®

H G - Grey B - Black C* - Satin Chrome

613 626 690 Satin 612*

RH RHR LH LHR

DSR* - Door Switch Monitor & RQE RQE* - Request to Exit KOS* - Key override bypass switch LSM* - Latch Switch Monitor Thick Door* - Specify Thickness W* - Weatherized Version (-4°F to +129°F) 7/8 LTC* - Flat Lip Strike WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

Standard Trim is for indoor use only. (W) option is for -4°F to +129°F. *Indicates extra cost option


Dual validation reader magnetic stripe and keypad45HOM- Single Keyed Latch DV45HOM- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVKeypad reader 45HOM- Single Keyed Latch DV45HOM- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVMagnetic stripe reader45HOM- Single Keyed Latch DV45HOM- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVHID proximity dual validation reader45HOM- Single Keyed Latch DV45HOM- Single Keyed Deadbolt TVHID® Proximity reader45HOM- Single Keyed Latch DV45HOM- Single Keyed Deadbolt TV

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 612Satin Chrome Housing Finish CThick door Specify thicknessKey Override Sensor KOSDoor Switch Monitor & RQE DSRLatch Switch Monitor LSMWeather Option WRequest to Exit RQE

WIRELESS


WITH CYLINDER LESS CYLINDER

2,397.00 2,338.00 2,420.00 2,361.00

2,369.00 2,310.00 2,393.00 2,334.00

2,369.00 2,310.00 2,393.00 2,334.00

2,583.00 2,524.00 2,605.00 2,546.00

2,554.00 2,495.00 2,578.00 2,519.00

ADD-ON61.0096.0066.00159.00159.0054.00159.00156.00


9KOM OMNILOCK Wireless Cylindrical Locks

WIRELESS

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION TRIM STYLEDual Validation magstripe and keypad reader9KOM Dual validation reader MDVWKeypad Reader9KOM - Keypad reader KWMagnetic Stripe Reader9KOM - Magnetic Stripe Reader MSWDual Validation HID Proximity and keypad reader9KOM - Proximity dual validation reader PDVWHID Proximity Card Reader9KOM - Proximity card reader PHW

How To Order9KOM 3 7 DV 15 MDVW B S3 626

Series BacksetCore

HousingFunction

CodeLever Style Trim Style

Housing Finish

Strike Package

Finish Options

9KOM 3 – 2-3/4" 4* – 3-3/4" 5* – 5"

0** – Non-IC Prep 7 - BEST IC Handle (no core)

DV – with key 4 – Knob 14 – Curved with return 15 – Contour with angle return 16 – Curved without return

MDVW – Dual validation (mag-stripe and keypad) KW - Keypad Reader MSW – Magnetic stripe PDVW - Dual Validation (HID Proximity and keypad) PHW – Proximity HID®

G - Grey B - Black C* - Satin Chrome

STK – Stan-dard S3 – ANSI 7/8 LTC* - Flat Lip Strike

613* 626 690 Satin 612*

ATB - Alternate through-bolt mounting DSR* - Door Switch Monitor & RQE RQE* - Request to Exit W* - Weatherized Ver-sion (-4°F to +129°F) COR** - non IC Corbin Russwin MED** - non IC Medeco SAR** - non IC Sargent SCH** - non IC Schlage YAL** - non IC Yale SCHRC** - Schlage large format removable core (14 & 15 lever only) WS – Windstorm Label (NOA Miami-Dade County)

Standard Trim is for indoor use only. (W) option is for -4°F to +129°F. * Indicates extra cost option. ** Cylinder/core not included with COR, MED, SAR, SCH, YAL, or SCHRC options. Must specify "0" for core housing.


PRICE

1,980.00

1,980.00

1,980.00

2,198.00

2,198.00

ADD-ON61.0096.00

159.00159.0069.0087.0087.00

156.0021.002.10

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODESatin finishes (per lock) 612, 613Satin Chrome Housing Finish CDoor Switch Monitor & RQE DSRWeather Option W2-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL33-3/4" deadlocking latch 8KL45" deadlocking latch 8KL5Request to Exit RQE7/8" Lip-to-center strike 3S 7/8Strike with plastic box S3B or S3B 7/8


OMEM OMNILOCK Electric Modules

WIRELESS

How To OrderOMEM C MDVW B

Backset Lockset Type Trim StyleHousing Finish

Options

OMEM C – Cylindrical M – Mortise

MDVW – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) PDVW – Dual validation (HID Proximity and keypad) Note: Proximity Only and Keypad only are not available

G – Grey B – Black C* – Satin Chrome

W* – Weatherized Version

Standard Trim is for indoor use only. (W) option is for -4°F to +129°F. * Indicates extra cost option. NOTE: Lock Chassis with levers is NOT included


Cylindrical Dual Validation magstripe and keypad readerOMEMC Cylindrical reader MDVWMortise Dual Validation magstripe and keypad readerOMEMM Mortise reader MDVWCylindrical Dual Validation HID Proximity and keypad readerOMEMC - Cylindrical reader PDVWMortise Dual Validation HID Proximity and keypad readerOMEMM - Mortise reader PDVW

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEWeather Option WSatin Chrome Housing Finish C


OMNILOCK TRIM ONLY

1,357.00

1,371.00

1,525.00

1,538.00

ADD-ON159.0096.00


OMWMS OMNILOCK Wall Mount Systems

How To OrderOMWMS BE MDVW B

Backset Core Housing Trim Style Housing Finish Options

OMWMS BE – (5E Cylinder is included, keyed independently with 2 keys)**

MDVW – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) PDVW - Dual Validation (HID Proximity and keypad)

G - Grey B - Black C* - Satin Chrome

W* - Weatherized Version

Standard Trim is for indoor use only. (W) option is for -4°F to +129°F. * Indicates extra cost option. **5E Included with Price of Wall Mount Unit Note: Each lock is keyed differently. Must special order to key alike. (Additional Net $52.50 per order for keyed alike options)

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODEDual Validation magstripe and keypad readerOMWMS Dual validation reader MDVWDual Validation HID Proximity and keypad readerOMWMS – Proximity dual validation reader PDVW

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEWeather Option (-4°F to +129°F) WSatin Chrome Housing Finish C

WIRELESS


PRICE

1,677.00

1,883.00

ADD-ON159.0096.00


QASOM Quick Adapter for Pre-2004 Cylindrical Schlage D Lever Locks

How To OrderQASOM DVW G W

Quick Adaptor Trim Style Housing Finish Options

QASOM MDVW – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) PDVW – Dual Validation (HID Proximity and keypad)


W* – Weatherized Version

Standard Trim is for indoor use only. (W) option is for -4°F to +129°F. * Indicates extra cost option.

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODEDual Validation Reader (magnetic stripe and keypad)QASOM Quick adapter with DV MDVWHID Proximity Dual Validation reader (prox and keypad)QASOM Quick adapter with proximity and keypad PDVW

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEWeatherized Option (-4°F to +129°F) WSatin Chrome Housing Finish C

WIRELESS


PRICE

1,826.00

2,052.00

ADD-ON159.0096.00


QAXOM OMNILOCK Wireless Quick Adapter for Exit Devices

How To OrderQAXOM 7 15 MDVW B 626 PH2 RHRB

Quick Adapter

Cylinder Housing

Lever Style Trim StyleHousing Finish

Lever Finish

Adaptor Plate Hand Options

QAXOM 0 - Non-IC Handle (core not included) 7 BEST IC Handle (core not included)

14 – Curved/return 15 – Contour/angle return

MDVW – Dual validation (magstripe and keypad) KW – Keypad Reader MSW – Magnetic stripe PDVW - Dual Valida-tion (HID Proximity and keypad) PHW – Proximity HID®


626 612 613

CY1 – Corbin/Russwin Yale Series** PH2 – Precision Hardware series** SA7 – Sargent 88 Series** SA8 – Sargent 88 Series** SA9 – Sargent 98 Series** VD9 – Von Duprin 98/99F series**

RHR LHR

W* – Weatherized

Standard Trim is for indoor use only. (W) option is for -4°F to +129°F. * Indicates extra cost option. ** Adapter Plate ships same color as housing finish

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION FUNCTION CODEDual Validation Reader (magnetic stripe and keypad)QAXOM Quick adapter with DV MDVWKeypad Reader onlyQAXOM Quick adapter with keypad only KWMagnetic Stripe ReaderQAXOM Quick adapter with Magnetic stripe reader MSWHID Proximity Dual Validation reader (prox and keypad)QAXOM Quick adapter with proximity and keypad PDVWHID Proximity card readerQAXOM Quick adapter with proximity card reader PHW

*Core not included

EXTRA COST OPTIONS* OPTION CODEWeatherized Option (-4°F to +129°F) WSatin Chrome Housing Finish CThick Door - Specify Thickness Thick Door

ADAPTER PLATE CONVERSION CHARTAdapter Plate VON DUPRIN EXIT DEVICE MODEL # VON DUPRIN TRIM MODEL #

VD9 98F, 99F, 9827-F, 9927-F, 9847-F, 9947-F, 9848-F, 9948-F 990 DT, 990 NL, 110 NL, 990 TP, 991 K, 992 L, 696 NL, 697 NL, 696 TP, 697 TP, 996 DT, 997 DT

PRECISION EXIT DEVICE MODEL # PRECISION TRIM MODEL #PH2 FL-1100 or 2100 1700PH2 FL-1200 or 2200 2000PH2 FL-1700 or 2700 3900PH2 FL-1800 or 2800 1700 / 3900

CORBIN RUSSWIN/YALE EXIT DEVICE MODEL # CORBIN RUSSWIN/YALE TRIM MODEL #CY1 ED5200A / 7100F 755, 759 / 526F, 526FCY1 ED5470B / 7170F90 955, 957 / 626F, 627FCY1 ED5860B / 7160F90 1310, 1355, 1357 / 535F, 533F, 532F

SARGENT/ ARROW EXIT DEVICE MODEL # SARGENT/ARROW TRIM MODEL #SA7 12-8800 ET, 88C-L. 88D-L, 88K-L, 88L-L, FLL, FLW, MAL, PTBSA8 12-8888 STSSA9 12-9800 ET, FLL, FLW, MAL, PTB, STS

WIRELESS


PRICE*

2,403.00

2,370.00

2,370.00

2,649.00

2,649.00

ADD-ON159.0096.0066.00


Access Control System Parts and Accessories

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERMagnetic Card and Proximity Card Encoders and enrollment stationsTrack 2 magnetic stripe enrollment reader OMD-11274Tracks 1,2 and 3 magnetic stripe encoder MSR20633BA Proximity Card enrollment reader OMD-11507-002Magnetic Cards, Proximity Cards, Fobs and Prox TagsTrack-2 Magnetic-Stripe Card, pre-programmed OMD-10983-002Track-2,3 Magnetic Stripe Card, non-programmed OMD-10983-001Track-2 Default Master ID Card OMD-10983-003Track-3 Magnetic-Stripe Card, pre-programmed OMD-10983-004Track-3 Default Master ID Card OMD-10983-005Cleaning Cards - Box of 50 VDPCLNProx Card II Card, Default Programmer Card OMD-11879Prox Card II, no Logo, related User ID Mark printed on card OMD-11676-001Prox Fob, Related User ID on Fob OMD-11678-001HID 1391 Proximity Tag, no external marking printed on tag. OMD-11677-001IsoProx Card II, Graphic Quality, Blank both sides, Related inkjet number printed on card OMD-12312

DuoProx Card II, Graphic Quality, Blank front side, Magnetic Stripe on back, Related inkjet number printed on non-programmed card OMD-12311

Replacement BatteriesBattery Pack, twin ‘AA’, Weatherized, set of two battery packs, For Option W only (-20 to +58 degrees Celsius) OMD-12000Battery Pack, Lithium, OM250 OMD-6610Weather covers and platesWeatherized Shroud, Stainless OMD-12911Steel Gate Adapter OMD-12293Stainless Steel Flat Adapter Plate for cylindrical locks (1 each) OMD-12061Locknetics Cover Plate (626) covers CM-series cylindrical holes OMD-11586

OMNILOCK WAMS Demo Kit

NAME DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER

Wireless Survey Kit Portal Gateway, telescopic mast with Omnidirectional antenna, 802.11 Wireless Router, 3 Wireless Door Beacons, Pelican Case. WQD-Survey

WIRELESS


LIST PRICE

461.00 3,300.00 804.00

20.00 20.00 17.00 17.00 17.00 164.00 13.00 27.00 20.00 20.00 28.00

28.00

42.00 65.00

347.00 126.00 63.00 23.00

LIST PRICE

4,868.00


Non-Best Chassis for OMEM

Schlage ND Series RHO L

SeriesFunction

CodeLever Style PREMIUM

OMSCH ND80 ATH – Athens OME – Omega RHO – Rhodes SPA – Sparta

P – Standard Schlage C Keyway uncombinated core J – Schlage large format IC handle - NO CORE L – LESS Standard core B – BEST format IC handle - NO CORE

Schlage L Series 06 A L RH KOS

Series Function

CodeLever Style Rose

Cylinder Prefix

Door Hand Options

OMSCH L9070 – Mortise with latch

03 – Tubular 06 – Contour/angle return 07 – Curved/no return 17 – Curved/return

A – 2 1/8” Diameter B – 2 9/16” Diameter

P – Standard Schlage Cylinder C Keyway un-combinated L – LESS cylinder

RH – Right hand LH – Left hand RHR – Right hand reverse LHR – Right hand reverse

KOS – Key override bypass switch by Stanley

L9453 – Storeroom Mortise with Dead-bolt

03 – Tubular 06 – Contour/angle return 07 – Curved/no return 17 – Curved/return

A – 2 1/8” Diameter B – 2 9/16” Diameter

P – Standard Schlage Cylinder C Keyway un-combinated L – LESS cylinder

RH – Right hand LH – Left hand RHR – Right hand reverse LHR – Right hand reverse

KOS – Key override bypass switch by Stanley

Schlage Mortise Cases Only for Omnilock - NO TRIM IS SUPPLIED (3-4 Week Delivery)

Part # Hand Description

L9070S RH – Right hand

Schlage L9070 Omnilock Style Case without deadbolt - This is the body only, no trim is supplied

L9453S RH – Right hand

Schlage L9453 Omnilock Style Case with deadbolt - This is the body only, no trim is supplied

WIRELESS


List Price 626, 605, 606,

613, 612

List Price KOS

(Key Over-ride Sensor)

1,761.00 128.00

List Price 626, 605, 606,

613, 612

List Price KOS


2,159.00 54.00

2,204.00 54.00

List PriceList Price

KOS


1,908.00 54.00

2,200.00 54.00


OMNILOCK Software

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBEROmnilock Wireless Access Management Software-WAMS QMS-12418-001

DESCRIPTION PART NUMBERSingle Door ControllersSingle Door Controller sign-on keypad (required to sign-on a SDC) WQD-WACPADPortal Gateway and Single Door Controller Antennas2.4 GHz Interior Ceiling Mount Omni directional Antenna kit* WQD-ACMO2.4 GHz Interior/Exterior Wall mount directional antenna kit* WQD-AWMD2.4GHZ Exterior omni directional mast mount kit** WQD-AEMOBackside Antenna Kit 73114285S

* Antenna Kit include antenna, standard mount and 20’ cable to connect to Gateway. ** Antenna Kit includes antenna, wall and post mounts and 20’ cable to connect to SDC or PG’s

Conversion Kit (converts Omnilock non-wireless to wireless)Kits consist of Wireless Circuit Board and an RF Transceiver antenna Kit. (non-weatherized) OMD-12657-01Transformer - POE Devices - ModemPlug in Transformer (wall-mount) with 6’ of cable OMD-12827Power over Ethernet Power Supply/Inserter OMD-12927-001Power over Ethernet Active Splitter with Isolation OMD-12928-001

Wireless Components

WIRELESS


PRICE692.00

PRICE

437.00

260.00 439.00 474.00 196.00

710.00

34.00 122.00 119.00

** Current maximum capacity of Card Holders at any one wireless reader is 14,000 unique ID’s **Systems sizes above 1024 Wireless Readers are supported. Host may require larger hard drive support for effective data base / file management. ** Windows 7 is acceptable for small systems, mid to large systems may require Windows Server 2008


PAC Starter and Expansion Kits

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONPAC Starter and Expansion Kits

7220883 PAC 512IP Starter Kit

STANLEY PAC Standard Edition Software w/CD PAC 512IP & Locking Enclosure, 3.0A P/S (2) STANLEY OneProx GS3 MT Mullion Reader GS3 MT Admin Kit Identive ISO 26bit 125kHz card 20 pk

7220885 512IP Expansion Kit

PAC 512IP & Locking Enclosure, 3.0A P/S (2) STANLEY OneProx GS3 MT Mullion Reader

7220886 512 Expansion Kit

PAC 512 & Locking Enclosure, 3.0A P/S (2) STANLEY OneProx GS3 MT Mullion Reader

PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION7200494 PAC 512 DIN Mount

7219096 PAC 512 IP DIN Mount

7200450 PAC 512 & Locking Enclosure, 3.0A P/S

7200495 PAC 512IP & Locking Enclosure, 3.0A P/S

7213461 GS3 MT Admin Kit

7213458 STANLEY OneProx GS3 MT Mullion Reader

7213459 STANLEY OneProx GS3 MT Standard Reader

7213460 STANLEY OneProx GS3 MT Pin & Prox Reader

7213462 STANLEY OneProx GS3 LF Vandal Reader

7200967 STANLEY PAC Standard Edition Software w/CD

7219105 4 -WAY DIN-Rail Enclosure

7219106 6 -WAY DIN-Rail Enclosure

7212682 PAC 500 Access & Alarm Server DIN Mount

7221210 PAC 500 & Locking Enclosure, 3.0A P/S

7221211 PAC 520 Input Controller DIN Mount

7211344 PAC 530 Output Controller DIN Mount

7219107 Identive ISO 26bit 125kHz card 20 pk



7219108 Identive 26bit 125kHz FOB 20 pk

LIST PRICE

2,423.00

1,955.00

1,558.00

LIST PRICE1,020.00 1,352.00 1,377.00 1,658.00 383.00 306.00 366.00 407.00 308.00 561.00 192.00 434.00

1,428.00 1,709.00 1,148.00 1,173.00 113.00 255.00 531.00 138.00


Price quotations are based on one (1) shipment to one (1) location, and are valid as identified in the quote but in no case longer than one year from the date of the quote. All exceptions will be evaluated on an individual basis.

All quotation requests will be provided by the Stanley Representative where the project is located.

QUOTING PROCESS AND PROCEDURES: The following information is necessary to secure a price quotation from Stanley.

• Distributor Name• Distributor Location• Distributor Contact Name & Phone Number• Distributor e-mail contact• Project Name• Project Location• Bid Date• Architects Name, Phone Number, and Architects Location• Specification Writer Name, Phone Number and Location• Competitive Influence / Specification• List of materials to be quoted

Every attempt will be made by Stanley to provide the price quotation in a timely manner. Upon completion, you will receive a copy of the quotation which will also include a valid quotation number. Once the project is secured, a copy of the quotation must accompany your purchase order and be forwarded to Stanley Customer Service Department in Indianapolis for processing.

NON-STANDARD PRODUCT REQUEST: Please contact your Stanley Representative to complete a Non-Standard Product Request Form. All requests should be submitted to the following email address:

Email: [email protected]

Upon receipt of a special order request, Stanley will review the configuration and determine if Stanley is capable of making the special order product and will provide a response to the customer. If Stanley is able to make the special order product, Stanley will provide a specific sku/configuration to the customer for the special order product. This sku/configuration must be identified on all Purchase Orders. In addition, the Purchase Order must be marked as a “Special Order”.

ORDERING: The following information is required for Stanley to successfully process any order:

• Itemized Purchase Order (PO)• Stanley Approved Quote Please send all orders to [email protected] or by fax to 877-835-1030

NOTE: for detailed information on how to place an order for Stanley Best products as well as Stanley masterkey services please see the detailed section regarding “Stanley Best Ordering”.

ADD ON ORDERS FOR QUOTED PROJECTS: To place an add-on order from a quoted project the Distributor must include the original quote, PO number and/or Stanley’s original order number. Add-On orders will be accepted for a period one (1) year from the original order date.

Add-On orders received that are outside of the aforementioned period will be forwarded to the Stanley Representative for re-quote.

STOCKING ORDERS: All orders for stock replenishment should be marked as “Stock” and indicate a “Ship To” address that coincides with the stocking Distributor warehouse location.

INCOMPLETE ORDER PROCESS: All orders are screened upon receipt for complete information. If an order is received incomplete, Stanley Customer Service will make one (1) attempt to contact a Distributor directly for the missing requirements. If the information is not made available to Stanley at that time the order will be referred to the local Stanley Representative for resolution. All incomplete orders will be cancelled if not resolved after sixty (60) calendar days.

PRICE DISCREPANCY PROCESS: All entered orders are reviewed by Stanley Customer Service for accuracy and pricing consistency between the Distributor and Stanley. Any order determined by Stanley, in its sole and absolute discretion, to have a value greater than the Total Price shown on the Distributor purchase order will be held by Stanley for a Price Discrepancy. Stanley quotes are also reviewed to ensure that they are complete, approved, and match the PO. Due to pricing sensitivity, all price discrepancies must be resolved exclusively by your Stanley Representative. ORDER CANCELLATION/CHANGES: All requests for Order Cancellations and Changes (Quantity, Shipping, Finish, Function, etc) should be sent directly to Stanley Customer Service. Requests via phone will be accepted, but must be accompanied by a written request. Factory Order Number, PO Number, Account Info, and Detailed Changes must be clearly indicated. Change requests can be submitted via the following methods:

Email: [email protected] Fax: 1-877-835-1030

All order cancellations or changes will be subject to a cancellation fee as defined in Stanley’s Terms and Conditions of Sale.

PRODUCTION SCHEDULING AND “DO NOT SHIP BEFORE” REQUESTS: All orders are scheduled for production and shipping based on current production lead times and availability. Scheduling is completed only when an order is released from both credit and pricing review.

Exceptions to this policy are made only when the PO is clearly marked: “Do Not Ship Before” followed by the date. (Required Date, Expected Date, etc. do not apply) These orders will be scheduled to ship on or after the date listed.

Changes to “Do Not Ship Before” dates are required in writing and should be sent to: [email protected].

Be advised orders not clearly marked with a “Do Not Ship Before” designation will be payable within normal terms from the actual shipment date.

EXPEDITE REQUESTS:• Expedite requests will be reviewed and accommodated by Stanley based on production lead times and availability.• See the then current Stanley Quick Ship Program for details.

QUOTING & ORDERING


WHOLESALE PURCHASE: Distributors are also free to utilize Stanley’s Authorized Wholesalers to purchase product. Stanley does not make any guarantee of availability or pricing for purchases from an Authorized Wholesaler and the discounts afforded to Distributor by Stanley shall not apply to purchases from an Authorized Wholesaler. The terms and conditions and price of product shall be mutually agreed between Distributor and Wholesaler.

QUOTING & ORDERING (continued)


ORDER ENTRY REQUIREMENTS: The following information is required for Stanley to successfully process an order for Stanley Best Products:

Orders Requiring Factory Master Key Services:

• Itemized Purchase Order (PO)

• Completed Keying Request Information Form

• Hardware Schedule in support of a construction project

• Stanley Approved Quote

Orders NOT Requiring Factory Master Key Services:

• Purchase Order

• General Contractor information (City/State/Zip)

• Stanley-Approved Quote


Pricing for all new construction key operated locks include the following:

• Combinated or uncombinated permanent cores will be provided with 2 keys per core

• “Core only” orders will be provided with 2 keys per core.

Pricing for all retrofit key operated locks include the following:

• Combinated cores will be provided with 1 key per core.

• Uncombinated cores will be provided with 0 keys. All keys will need to be purchased separately.

All new purchase orders should be e-mailed to your local Stanley Representative or [email protected]

HARDWARE SCHEDULE & NEW CONSTRUCTION PROJECT ORDERS: A hardware schedule should be submitted for all new construction projects. A hardware schedule is a listing of all builders hardware items related to a particular construction job. It is approved by the architect (or an entity performing that function). A hardware schedule of Stanley products is one in which the material ordered is compatible for installation as required in the schedule. Remember complete door schedules include door number, door location, and type of hardware. An example of a preferred hardware schedule format is illustrated below:

COMBINATED CORE ONLY ORDERS: All Core-Only orders, in an amount of 25 cores or more, require a Hardware Schedule, Keying Request Information Form, and Itemized Purchase Order (PO).

LESS CORE LOCK ORDERS PURCHASED DIRECTLY FROM STANLEY: Less core lock orders generally apply to orders where the end user is providing their own permanent cores. All less core lock orders require a Hardware Schedule and a Stanley quote. This section does not apply to Stanley Distributors who are authorized to stock Best products.

CABINET LOCK ORDERS:

The following information must be provided for Cabinet Lock Orders:• End User Name• End User Address Information (Street/City/State/Zip)• End User Phone• End User Fax &/or E-Mail

DISTRIBUTOR PERMANENT KEYING

POLICY: Locks when ordered for construction projects to include “Final Keying” will be provided to Distributor with construction core access, whereby plastic thumb turns are supplied for use during construction. Additionally, brass construction cores can be purchased by the Distributor, upon request, to secure exterior doors or special interior doors.

The permanent masterkeyed cores are shipped directly to the end user upon written approval of the final keying. It is the responsibility of the Distributor to collect all temporary construction cores after use.

PROCESS:

1) Distributor places complete order with Stanley Customer Service, Indianapolis

2) Distributor, KSS, and End User Consultant (EUC) receive acknowledgement of order with expected ship date.

3) KSS/Distributor contacts the end user within a reasonable period of time after receipt of purchase order or acknowledgment to begin the permanent keying process.

4) KSS/Distributor works with end user to define keying requirements.

5) Once keying requirements are finalized and approved, production of cores and keys begins.

6) Cores and keys are shipped to end user or end user delegate (note: unless special arrangements are made the end user is responsible for permanent core installation).

Complete Order Checklist

• PO Number

• Hardware Schedule

• Completed Keying Request Information Form

The KSS/Distributor works directly with the end user to acquire keying instructions for the permanent masterkeyed cores and keys, including both new system design and existing system expansion, according to the project requirements. The KSS/Distributor also manages the process from keying instructions to delivery and can serve as a point of contact for information on the progress of permanent core/key delivery completion.

STANLEY BEST ORDERING


SERVICE DELIVERY:

Permanent Core delivery is contingent upon several factors such as:

• The negotiated delivery dates as determined between the end user, Distributor and Stanley during the keying review and design processes;

• End user’s written approval of the keying instructions;

• Size and complexity of the keying system being produced; and

• Stanley’s receipt of payment from the Distributor.

GENERAL:

• Remember to furnish door and location information for all “tag-in” orders (add-ons to initial project orders)

• If you have advance knowledge that your project will be phased and require multiple orders from Stanley, please include these details in your order.

• A master hardware schedule for phased projects is always preferred.

CONSTRUCTION CORES

CONSTRUCTION CORE ORDERS: All keyed locks shipped from Stanley for new construction projects in which cores have been ordered will receive disposable black plastic (non-keyed) construction cores at no additional charge.

Disposable black plastic cores for less-core orders may be purchased separately for $1.50 net.

Standard brass (keyed-alike) construction cores may be purchased for a net price of $8.00 each.

No further discount will be applied.

Brass construction cores shall be 7-pin, A keyway and have a GREEN face.

Brass construction cores are shipped with one operating key per ten (10) cores and one control key per twenty (20) cores; additional keys may be purchased for $4.40 list.

Construction cores do not have the degree of security that the owner’s permanent masterkeyed cores provide. Construction cores are used for controlling access to premises during construction and ARE NOT INTENDED FOR USE WHEN PREMISES ARE OCCUPIED OR FURNISHED IN ANY MANNER.

RETURN OF CONSTRUCTION CORES: Brass construction cores may be returned for $2.50 credit per re-usable core to be applied toward the next purchase. A Return Authorization (RA) Non-warranty must be obtained and accompany the returned material.

Stanley is not responsible for collection or return of construction cores.

STANLEY BEST PINS: Stanley Best pins shall be used solely in combination with Stanley Best Core products. Use of other pins may void any associated product warranty and may result in termination of the Distributor’s agreement with Stanley, in Stanley’s sole discretion.

STANLEY BEST ORDERING (continued)


RA REQUESTS: A Return Authorization Form must be utilized to return defective products still under warranty or products deemed repairable by Stanley. All products returned to Stanley must have a correct Return Authorization (RA) number applied to the outside of the shipping carton. All products must be returned within sixty (60) calendar days of RA issue date. This process can take up to seven (7) days after product is received at Stanley’s factory. If a defective product presents a security risk, an advance replacement may be requested.

RA PROCESS: Requests for warranty related returns can beinitiated by submitting an email to [email protected].

The RA Request Form must be completed entirely to process an RA. The following information will be needed:

• End User Name • Sales Order Number

• Account Number • Item Number

• Contact Name • Item Quantity

• Phone Number • Description of the Problem

• Purchaser Order Number

1. Upon review and approval of the submitted RA request, a claim number is logged and provided back to the requestor by a Stanley Team member.

2. Once a claim number is issued, this number should be noted on all references and communications regarding the applicable situation to ensure a claim is easily identified.

3. Defective product should be returned to the address below. The shipment must be marked with the approved RA claim number to ensure prompt processing and attention. All shipping charges prepaid by customer.

4. When material is received at Stanley’s factory, Stanley will assess and determine the nature of the defect.

5. Defective goods are replaced upon Stanley’s determination.6. Credit for material and freight is issued only if deemed

appropriate by Stanley. If approved, credit is initiated and a credit memo is mailed to the Distributor within fifteen (15) business days.

PURCHASE ORDERS: A Purchase Order (PO) will be required if the Product is: 1. Defective and not under warranty, or2. An advance replacement is required without verification of whether

the product is defective and under warranty.

Please send Purchase Orders to the following:• Preferred Method Email: [email protected]• Fax: 1-877-835-1030

RETURNED AUTHORIZATION (RA)

October 2015

Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.Attn: Returns Department6161 East 75th StreetIndianapolis, IN 46250


RA POLICY: A Return Authorization Form must be utilized to return products that are not defective and otherwise in a resalable condition. Only goods with an invoice date of less than one (1) year will be considered for a non-warranty related return. All materials returned to Stanley for any reason (other than warranty), must have a correct Return Authorization (RA) number applied to the outside of the shipping carton. A thirty percent (30%) re-stocking charge (of the purchase price) will be applied to the Distributor’s account for orders returned, including orders that were placed by customer in error. Transportation charges of returned goods must be prepaid by the Distributor. All goods must be returned within sixty (60) calendar days of RA issue date. All goods must be returned in original packaging and be in resalable condition. Product not returned in saleable condition is subject to disposal by Stanley with no credit issued. Commercial Hardware items that are special made to order items will not be returned under any circumstances.

RA PROCESS: Requests for non-warranty related returns can be initiated by submitting an email to [email protected].







1. Upon review and approval of the submitted RA request, a claim number is logged and provided back to the requestor by a Stanley Team member:

2. Once a claim number is issued, this number should be noted on all references and communications concerning said RA.

3. Product should be returned to the address below. The shipment must be marked with the approved RA claim number to ensure prompt processing and attention. All shipping charges prepaid by customer.

4. The RA will be processed once material is received at Stanley’s factory provided it is received in its original packaging and is in saleable condition.

5. Credit is issued to the Distributor account and a credit memo is mailed to the Distributor.

Any quality issues (missing parts, wrong parts, handing, finish, etc) should be submitted electronically to: [email protected] or your Local Stanley Representative.

Please reference your original Purchase Order (PO) Number, Factory Order Number, Distributor Account, Contact Information (E-mail/Fax), and include a detailed description of the issue.

1) ITEMS MISSING FROM A SHIPMENT: If you have signed your shipment short, Stanley Customer Service will promptly issue a No Charge replacement order for the missing products.

If the shipment was not signed short but after review, Stanley Customer Service determines (based on shipping weights, packing lists, etc) that the order was indeed shipped short, a No Charge replacement will be issued.

If Stanley Customer Service cannot verify a shipping error, an advance replacement order will be entered, charged, and expedited to the Distributor. The quality issue will be forwarded to the Return Authorization Credit Group for resolution.

If it is determined that the item was omitted from the order due to a Stanley order entry error, a change order will be entered and expedited for the missing products.

Please see Stanley’s price book for further detail.

2) WRONG ITEMS RECEIVED (parts, handing, function, finish, etc):Advanced replacements will be issued for any wrong items received. Such orders will becharged based on pricing/discounts from the original order. The issue will be forwarded to Stanley’s Return Authorization Credit Group for resolution.

Any quality issue that is determined to be either a Stanley order entry and/or manufacturing error will have an advanced replacement order entered and will be expedited. An RA will be issued to return the incorrect products. No re-stock fee will apply for Stanley order entry and/or manufacturing errors.

RETURNED AUTHORIZATION (RA) NON-WARRANTY FULFILLMENT ISSUES

October 2015 October 2015



KEYING REQUEST INFORMATION FORM

MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH COMPLETE INFORMATION,INCLUDING P.O. & HARDWARE SCHEDULE

Quote #: _____________________________________________ Discount %: ____________________________________________

P.O. #: ______________________________________________ Price List: ______________________________________________

REQUIRED INFORMATION REGARDING STANLEY DISTRIBUTOR

Distributor: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Distributor P.O. #: _________________________________________________________________________________________________

Distributor Account #: _______________________________________________________________________________________________

Project Manager: __________________________________________________________________________________________________

Project Manager Mobile: ________________________________ Project Manager Email: ___________________________________

Address: ________________________________________________________________________________________________________

City, State, Zip: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

Phone: ______________________________________________ Fax: __________________________________________________

REQUIRED INFORMATION REGARDING PROJECT CONTRACTOR

Contractor: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Job Name*: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contact Person: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contact Mobile: ______________________________________ Contact Email: __________________________________________

REQUIRED INFORMATION REGARDING THE END USER

Company*: ______________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contact Person*: __________________________________________________________________________________________________

Contact Phone: _______________________________________ Contact Email: __________________________________________

School Name (if applicable): _________________________________________________________________________________________

School District (If applicable): ________________________________________________________________________________________

Permanent Core Due Date*: _________________________________________________________________________________________

Building Turnover Date: _____________________________________________________________________________________________

Project Address*: __________________________________________________________________________________________________

City, State, Zip*: __________________________________________________________________________________________________

Phone*: ____________________________________________ Fax: __________________________________________________

End User Customer #: ___________________________________ Masterkey Account #: _____________________________________

Keyway: _____________________________________________

CUSTOMERNUMBER:

If received

NOTE: Failure to provide complete and accurate end user information will result in delays in processing and supply of permanent core and key orders. Failure to include this form with your order and the hardware schedule may result in the order being processed “less core”.

*Required Field


The Stanley Patented Masterkey System provides a higher level of protection against unauthorized key duplication and crossovers. To help ensure that Stanley patented cores and keys do not end up in the possession of unauthorized personnel, Stanley will only authorize sales and shipment of Stanley patented cores and keys to the individuals noted on this form. Please complete this form carefully as Stanley and/or its Authorized Distributor will strictly adhere to this information.

END USER:

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ End User Name

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ Account Number

SECURITY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL: Please provide the names of all security personnel who are authorized to place purchase orders for End User’s Stanley Patented Masterkey Systems.

1. __________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Name Street Address

__________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Title City, State, Zip

__________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Phone Number Email Address

__________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Fax Number Signature/Date









STANLEY PATENTED MASTERKEY SYSTEM SECURITY AUTHORIZATION FORM

The purpose of this form is for the end user to designate representatives who are authorized to place an order for Stanley patented cores or keys and to confirm the correct shipping address for Stanley Patented product. It is the responsibility of the Distributor to ensure that the end user completes a Security Authorization Form and submits it to Stanley with each order.

Page 110/22/14


AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTOR: Please insert the name below of the Authorized Distributor that you assign and authorize to place orders for Stanley Patented Product on your behalf.



__________________________________________ ________________________________________________ Signature Phone Number / Email Address

__________________________________________ Date

SHIPPING ADDRESS: Please provide the address where you would like all Stanley Patented Product shipped.

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ Department

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ Street Address

_______________________________________________________________________________________________ City, State, Zip

ACCEPTABLE METHOD FOR PLACING ORDERS: please identify below the method that you authorize for placement of orders for Stanley Patented Product.

❏Signature Verification – Stanley may only accept purchase orders that have been signed by one of the individuals designated on this form by the End User. Stanley will verify that the signatures match before initiating activity on the order. Stanley will not initiate activity until the original P.O. has been received.

❏Email Verification – Stanley may accept electronic purchase orders from the email accounts designated on this form by the End User. Stanley will verify that the email account sending the purchase order has been designated as an authorized purchaser. Purchase orders received from accounts not listed will not be accepted.

❏Fax Verification – Stanley may accept purchase orders via fax from one of the individuals designated on this form by the End User. Stanley will verify that the individual placing the order has been designated as an authorized purchaser.

STANLEY MASTERKEY CODE & MASTERKEY SERVICE POLICY: In accordance with the Stanley Masterkey Code and Masterkey Service Policy, all Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes and combinations are available for distribution solely to end users and select Authorized Distributors. To assist in reducing the possibility of duplication within a Stanley Patented Masterkey System and ensure security, all Stanley Patented Masterkey Code extensions and next in series codes should be made or approved by Stanley Masterkey personnel and/or the Distributors that have been authorized by Stanley to have access to Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes, un-combinated cores and key blanks. Duplication or release of Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes to non-authorized people or organizations, including, but not limited to, unauthorized distributors, wholesalers, private locksmiths, other lock manufacturers, architects, or contractors violates Stanley’s ownership rights and is strictly prohibited

By signing below, End User acknowledges that 1) the information provided above is accurate and correct and 2) that any unauthorized use including, but not limited to, the transmission or dissemination of Stanley Patented Masterkey Codes, without the express written consent of Stanley is strictly prohibited.

End User Signature: _____________________________________________________________________________________

Title: ______________________________________________ Date: ___________________________________________

STANLEY PATENTED MASTERKEY SYSTEM SECURITY AUTHORIZATION FORM (continued)

Page 210/22/14


RETURN AUTHORIZATION FORM REQUEST

❏Return for Replacement ❏Return for Credit

Date of Request:_________________________________

Original Order: __________________________________

Date of Request:_________________________________

Original P.O.: ____________________________________ ❏ Manufacturing Defect

Invoice #: ______________________________________ ❏ Warranty Evaluation

Customer Name: _________________________________ ❏ Missing Parts

Account Number: ________________________________ ❏ Wrong Matterials Received

Address: _______________________________________ ❏ Wrong Matterials Ordered

City: __________________________________________ ❏ Wrong Quantity

State: ___________________________Zip: ___________ ❏ Return Inventory

Contact Name: __________________________________ ❏ Other: _______________________________________

Email: _________________________________________

Phone: _________________________________________

❏Ship Replacement Material to Address Above ❏Ship Replacement Material to Address on Order

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF DEFECT OR REASON FOR RETURN

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Please e-mail completed form to [email protected] or Fax to 1-888-214-1918

NATURE OF PROBLEM

Note: All returns shall be subject to Stanley’s current Terms of Sale and Warranty as outlined in Stanley’s price catalog.

RETURN MATERIAL

Line Item # Quantity Product Nomenclature Product Description

STANLEY Security, a business division of Stanley Black & Decker, is a provider of integrated access control and security solutions for institutional, commercial and industrial businesses and organizations. STANLEY Security delivers a comprehensive suite of security products, software and integrated systems with a strong emphasis on service. STANLEY Security is committed to extending its position as a leading comprehensive resource for a broad and extensive array of solutions that span the entire security spectrum.

STANLEYsecurity.com/BEST | 1.855.365.2407© 2015 Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.STANLEYsecurity.com/licenses PL65BST • 01/16

How to Order - 9KX

Series BacksetCore

HousingFunction

CodeLever Style Rose Style Strike Package Finishes Options

9KX 3 - 2 3/4” 0 - Keyless R 14 D - 3 1/2” STK - 2 3/4” Small ANSI 605

606

611

612

613

618

619

622

625

626

626AM

690

AL

SH

TL

7/8” Flat Strike

OB*

KA*

KD*

COR**

MED**

SAR**

SCH**

YAL**

SCHRC**

ATB

LM

3/4” Latch

4 - 3 3/4” 6 - 6 Pin 15 S3 - 4 7/8” Large ANSI

5 - 5” 7 - 7 Pin 16 S3 - 7/8” Flat

How To Order Chart & PricingSHELTER

© 2015 Stanley Security Soultions, Inc. BA-0228 • 12/15

* Six Pin Cylinder in Schlage “C” included with 0B, KA, and KD options. Must specify “6” for Core Housing.** Cylinder not included with OEM Options. “0” must be specified for Core Housing.

Nomenclature Description List Price

9KX(full nomenclature above)

BEST 9KX Cylinder Lock (Standard, Less Core)

$700.00

SHX-FOB SHELTER Fob $150.00

SHX-GTW SHELTER Gateway $2,950.00

SHX-RPT SHELTER Repeater $750.00

Please note that SHELTER is configured and managed with software that will require a separate cloud-based software licensing fee.

SHELTER—Without BEST logoUse the call to actionUse only on white or black backgrounds

SHELTER—With BEST logoUse the clarifying statementUse only on white or black backgrounds

PRIMARY COLOR PALETTE

Print C:0 M:100 Y:92 K:0 PMS 185c

Onscreen R:234 G:28 B:45

Print C:0 M:0 Y:0 K:100 PMS 100% Black


Print C:0 M:6 Y:12 K:31 PMS Cool Gray 7 coated PMS Cool Gray 7 uncoated


BEST Red BlackPANTONE Warm Gray 7

All specifications, content and list pricing is preliminary until final product release.

STANLEY DOOR CLOSERS

PRICE LIST 65DCSTATE CONTRACTPrice List 65 - Take 43.58% off published list priceEffective: January 4, 2016

2 Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030 Price List 65DC

About the Company

Our History

Simply STANLEY

STANLEY produces and supplies industry leading tools to help customers build what is critical in today’s world—a sense of safety and security in virtually any type of facility. STANLEY offers a breadth of mechanical and electronic products and services that are well known for their functionality and adaptability. Our state-of-the-art products are complemented by a full catalog of software and controls, as well as services for facility integration, monitoring and support.








Frederick Stanley


3Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030

Terms and Conditions of Sale 4-5

Warranty 6

General Product Information 7

How To Order 7

D-4990/D-4990T Low Energy Operator 8

D-4550/D-4551 Series Closers 9

D-4550EH Electronic Hold Open 9



CO30/CO50 Series Concealed Closers 12

Mounting Accessories 13-14

Quoting & Ordering 15-16

Returned Authorization (RA) 17

Returned Authorization (RA) Non-Warranty 18

Fullfillment Issues 18

Order Form 19

Return Order Request 20

Contents

Price List 65DC

4 Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030





















October 2015

Price List 65DC




















October 2015

Price List 65DC

Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030 6Rev. Date October 2015

What is Covered: Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. (“Stanley”) warrants that Door Closer models D4550, D4990, D3550 and D1610 manufactured by Stanley and sold under its trade name “STANLEY” are free of defects in materials and workmanship as outlined below. The sole and exclusive liability of Stanley under this warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of any Product or component part covered by the warranty at the sole discretion of Stanley.

Who is Covered: This warranty is extended only to Stanley’s distributors of products and the end user who purchases products for purposes other than resale (collectively, “Purchaser”).

Hardware Warranty Period: • Stanley Door Closer mechanical products shall be warranted for thirty (30) years from date of sale.• Stanley Door Closer electrical products shall be warranted for one (1) year from date of sale.• Finishes shall be warranted for three (3) years from date of sale excluding 10B/613 “Oil Rubbed Bronze” finish.

Stanley Wi-Q™ Technology and B.A.S.I.S. Software: • Stanley warrants that all software shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship and will function in substantial accordance to the




Warranty Claims: Any Products believed to be defective as covered by this warranty may not be returned without prior written Returned Materials Authorization (RMA) from Stanley Product Support (800) 392-5209 covering specific items and quantities within thirty (30) days from the discovery of the alleged defect(s). Stanley will inform the purchaser where to ship said Product(s), shipping charges prepaid by you, for examination. In the event such examination reveals a defect covered by this warranty; Stanley will, at its sole option, repair or replace the Product, and return it or its replacement to the purchaser, with charges only for shipping.

Exclusions: This warranty specifically excludes, and Stanley shall not be held responsible for the following:a) COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLING, REMOVING OR REINSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT.b) Damage caused by Product malfunction or failure attributable to acts of God.c) Improper use or installation.d) Poor or no maintenance. e) Work performed by someone other than an Authorized Stanley technician. f) Failure to follow Stanley’s operating instructions or environmental specifications. g) Incorrect application, modification, vandalism, erosion or corrosion, shipping and/or handling, improper storage, accident, misuse, abuse or







LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES: THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN EXPRESSLY AND IN PLACE OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, OR WARRANTIES NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN.




WARRANTY

Price List 65DC


Interchangeable Arms All D-3550/D-3551 and D-4550/D-4551 Series arms are interchangeable.

Thru Bolts and Sex Nuts When thru bolting is ordered, factory will furnish sex nuts for use with the machine screws furnished with the closer Nuts are sized to accommodate 1-3/4” thick doors.

Security Screws All mounting screws will be Torx pin tamper resistant machine screws. Available for Heavy Duty Arm applications only Specify SEC Security Screws.

Options: add suffix AVB - Advanced Variable Backcheck (optional) DA - Delayed Action (optional) LL - Lead Lined Cover (optional) MC - Metal Cover (optional)

Handing

PULL SIDE PULL SIDE

PUSH SIDE PUSH SIDE

LEFT HAND DOOR RIGHT HAND DOOR

Fasteners:

Size: 0 - (refer to individual closer) 1 - size 1-5

Model No.

GENERAL SPEED VALVE

LATCH SPEED VALVE DELAYED ACTION VALVE

BACKCHECK VALVE

SPRING ADJUSTING NUT

Closing Power Adjustment Closers with spring power adjustment to size (6) are set at size (3) before leaving the factory. Closers with spring power adjustment from 1-4 or 1-5 are set at size (2) before leaving the factory.

CLOSERS

Delayed Action A delayed action feature is available with this series for all applications and arms. The feature permits the door to close very slowly through the delayed action cycle range To order, suffix DA to closer number.

Advanced Variable Backcheck (AVB) optional Cylinder starts backcheck at approximately 45º instead of the normal 75º Add suffix “AVB” to selected cylinder. When combined with Delayed Action consult factory for special template (Heavy Duty Arm applications).

Packing All surface mounted closers with standard arm sets are packed for mounting on regular, parallel arm or top jamb applications D-1610 Series are packaged (6) closers per case. D-4550/D-3550 are packaged (4) closers per case. D-4550EH are packaged individually.

ANSI and UL Specifications The Stanley door closers D-1610, D-3550, D-4550 Series meet the requirements of the ANSI/BHMA Standard A156.4 – 2000 Grade 1. Underwriters’ Laboratories and Underwriters’ Laboratories of Canada Listing. “For Self-Closing Doors Without Hold-Open feature” on R7551®.

Arm Type: add suffix L - Long Rod Forearm (TJ only) H - Standard Hold-Open HL - Standard Hold-Open w/ Long Rod & Shoe HXL - Standard Hold-Open w/ Long Rod & Shoe PH - Parallel Hold-Open EDA - Heavy Duty Arm EH - Electronic Hold-Open H-EDA - Heavy Duty Arm w/ Hold-Open S - Heavy Duty Arm w/ Stop CS - Heavy Duty Arm w/ Compression Stop HS - Heavy Duty Arm w/ Hold-Open & Stop HCS - Heavy Duty Arm w/ Hold-Open & Comp Stop T - Track Mount HT - Track Mount w/ Hold-Open TCS - Track Compression Stop

CLD-4550DAEDA × 689 × SN Finish: 689 - Aluminum 690 - Statuary Bronze 691 - Bronze 693 - Black 695 - Dark Bronze 696 - Brass Finish Option: SRI - Special Rust Inhibitor

* SN - Sex Nuts & Bolts Wood & Machine Screws Furnished Standard SEC - Security Screws

D-4550, D3550 - 12/24 thread

D-1610 - 12/24 thread

How To Order

General Information

Price List 65DC

$2.00

$2.00


D-4990

Low Energy Operators(Non-handed)

433

Push Plate Posts

6” Round 6” Ring Accessories

4 1/2” Square

Jamb

Dual Plate

Touchless

D-4990T

D-4990 Low Energy Operators and AccessoriesFor additional switch plates available contact your local STANLEY Security representative.

DESCRIPTION Product No.8R-D-4990 Series - Push Side Mount (includes arm assembly) D-49908R-D-4990T Series - Pull Side Mount (includes arm assembly) D-4990TArm AssembliesUsed with D-4990 only A45-501LUsed with D-4990T only A45-507TOptional Power Supply 24VDC @ 0.5A PS-4906” Round Stainless Steel PlateHandicap logo and Push-to-Open text CL22166” round surface mount box CL22206” round weather ring CL22234 3/4” Square Stainless Steel PlateHandicap logo and Push-to-Open text CL21024-3/4” square surface mount box CL22364 1/2” Square Stainless Steel PlateHandicap logo and Push-to-Open text CL41634 1/2” square surface mount box CL4638Jamb Stainless Steel PlateHandicap logo and Push-to-Open text CL2055Surface mount box CL2245Dual Push Plate "Vestibule Plate”Vestibule plate with text, logo and arrows CL2388Touchless Push PlatesTouchless push plate fits single/double gang box CL2025Radio Control 433 Transmitters / 433 ReceiverDigital transmitter 433MHz w/flag conn 9v battery (1 button) CL4490433 MHz digital receiver CL4485Push Plate PostsSilver - mounting post for stainless steel push plates* CL2248Black - mounting post for stainless steel push plates* CL2247Bronze - mounting post for stainless steel push plates* CL2249*For use with 4 1/2" square plates part # CL4163Push Plate PackagesIncludes (2) CL4163 Text & Logo plates, (2) CL4638 boxes, (2) CL4490 (9volt) Transmitters, (1) CL4485 Receiver

CL4976

Includes (2) CL4163 Text & Logo plates, (2) CL4638 boxes, HARD WIRED SOLUTION ONLY

CL4977

Includes (2) CL2102 Text & Logo plates, (2) CL2236 boxes, (2) CL4490 (9 volt) Transmitters, (1) CL4485 Receiver

CL4980

Includes (2) CL2102 Text & Logo plates, (2) CL2236 boxes, HARD WIRED SOLUTION ONLY

CL4981

Includes (2) CL2216 Text & Logo Plates, (2) CL220 boxes, (2) CL4490 (9 volt) Transmitters, (1) CL4485 Receiver

CL4990

Includes (2) CL2216 Text & Logo Plates, (2) CL220 boxes, HARD WIRED SOLUTION ONLY

CL4991

LOW ENERGY OPERATOR WeightD-4990 / D-4990T 40 lbs.To Order: Specify: 8R-D-4990 × 628. Accessories ordered separate.

Price List 65DC

List Price 3,750 3,911

91 152 56

211 90 17

198 90

198 90

155 26

306

318

206 227

426 412 426

1,207

569

1,205

569

1,232

421


D-4550 / D-4551 Series Surface ClosersCOMPLETE CLOSERS D-4550 / D-4551APPLICATION Series WeightStandard, Parallel Arm, Top Jamb Std. w/PA Brkt 9 lbsLong Rod Forearm (Top Jamb Only) L 9 lbsHold Open Arm (Standard & Top Jamb) H 9 lbsHold Open Parallel Arm PH 9 lbsHeavy Duty Arm (PA Only) EDA 11 lbsElectronic Hold Open EH 11 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Hold Open (PA Only) H-EDA 11 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Stop (PA Only) S 11 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Compression Stop (PA Only) CS 11 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Hold Open & Stop (PA Only) HS 11 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Hold Open & Compression Stop (PA Only) HCS 11 lbsTrack Mounting (Pull Side Only) T 10 lbsTrack Mounting with Hold Open (Pull Side Only) HT 10 lbsTrack Compression Stop TCS 10 lbs

OPTIONSAdvanced Variable Back check Option AVBDelayed Action Cylinder Option DASex Nuts (add 1 package per closer - 4 sex nuts per pkg.) SN Lead Lined Cover LL Metal Cover (brushed, stainless steel standard) MCSecurity Screws SECSpecial Rust Inhibitor SRI

CYLINDER ASSEMBLY SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightCylinder Body and Cover, size 2-6 DB-4550 7 lbsCylinder Body and Cover, size 1-5 DB-4551 7 lbsCylinder Body and Cover with DA, size 2-6 DB-4550DA 7 lbsCylinder Body and Cover with DA, size 1-5 DB-4551DA 7 lbs

ARM ASSEMBLY SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightStandard Arm Set (Std , PA & Top Jamb) A45-501 2 lbsStandard Arm with Long Rod and Shoe Set (Top Jamb) A45-501L 2 lbsStandard Hold-Open Arm Set (Std & Top Jamb) A45-501H 2 lbsStandard Hold-Open Arm w/ Long Rod and Shoe Set A45-501HL 2 lbsStandard Hold-Open Arm w/ Long Rod and Shoe Set A45-501HXL 2 lbsParallel Hold-Open Arm Set A45-503H 2 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set A45-505 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Hold-Open A45-505H 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Stop A45-505S 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Compression Stop A45-505CS 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Hold-Open and Stop A45-505HS 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Hold-Open and Comp Stop A45-505HCS 4 lbsTrack Rail Arm and Track Set (Pull Side Only) A45-507T 3 lbsTrack Rail Arm and Hold-Open Track Set (Pull Side Only) A45-507HT 3 lbsTrack Compression Stop A45-507TCS 3 lbsElectronic Hold-Open Track Arm Assembly A45-507EH 3 lbs

NOTES• Closers available in the following painted finishes: Aluminum (689) Dark Bronze (695) Statuary Bronze (690) Bronze (691) Brass (696) Black (693).• Arm Assemblies are interchangeable between D-4550 and D-3550 Series Closers.

Price List 65DC

List Price 407 407 437 437 437 754 486 477 637 528 677 468 486 486

18 36 8 72 52 73 38

List Price 316 316 352 352

List Price 91 91 121 121 121 121 121 170 161 321 212 361 152 170 170 438


D-3550 / D-3551 Series Surface ClosersCOMPLETE CLOSERS D-3550 / D-3551APPLICATION Series WeightStandard, Parallel Arm, Top Jamb STD w/PA Brkt 7 lbsLong Rod Forearm (Top Jamb Only) L 7 lbsHold Open Arm (Standard & Top Jamb) H 7 lbsHold Open Parallel Arm PH 7 lbsHeavy Duty Arm (PA Only) EDA 9 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Hold Open (PA Only) H-EDA 9 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Stop (PA Only) S 9 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Compression Stop (PA Only) CS 9 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Hold Open & Stop (PA Only) HS 9 lbsHeavy Duty Arm w/ Hold Open & Compression Stop (PA Only) HCS 9 lbsTrack Mounting (Pull Side Only) T 8 lbsTrack Mounting w/ Hold Open (Pull Side Only) HT 8 lbsTrack Compression Stop TCS 8 lbs

OPTIONSDelayed Action Cylinder Option DASex Nuts (add 1 package per closer - 4 sex nuts per pkg) SN 6 SNSecurity Screws SECSpecial Rust Inhibitor SRI

CYLINDER ASSEMBLY SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightCylinder Body and Cover, size 2-6 DB-3550 5 lbsCylinder Body and Cover, size 1-4 DB-3551 5 lbsCylinder Body and Cover with DA, size 2-6 DB-3550DA 5 lbsCylinder Body and Cover with DA, size 1-4 DB-3551DA 5 lbs

ARM ASSEMBLY SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightStandard Arm Set (Std, PA & Top Jamb) A45-501 2 lbsStandard Arm with Long Rod and Shoe Set (Top Jamb) A45-501L 2 lbsStandard Hold-Open Arm Set (Std & Top Jamb) A45-501H 2 lbsStandard Hold-Open Arm w/ Long Rod and Shoe Set A45-501HL 2 lbsStandard Hold-Open Arm w/ Long Rod and Shoe Set A45-501HXL 2 lbsParallel Hold-Open Arm Set A45-503H 2 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set A45-505 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Hold-Open A45-505H 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Stop A45-505S 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Compression Stop A45-505CS 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Hold-Open and Stop A45-505HS 4 lbsHeavy Duty Parallel Arm Set w/ Hold-Open and Comp Stop A45-505HCS 4 lbsTrack Rail Arm and Track Set (Pull Side Only) A45-507T 3 lbsTrack Rail Arm and Hold-Open Track Set (Pull Side Only) A45-507HT 3 lbsTrack Compression Stop A45-507TCS 3 lbs

COVERS4550/3550 SERIES Part No.4550 Series Cover C-4554550 Series Metal Cover (brushed, stainless steel standard) MC-4553550 Series Cover C-355

Price List 65DC

List Price 332 332 362 362 362 411 402 562 453 602 393 411 411

36 8 73 38

List Price 241 241 277 277

List Price 91 91 121 121 121 121 121 170 161 321 212 361 152 170 170

List Price 16 52 16


D-3550 / D-3551 Series Surface Closers (continued)NOTES• Closers available in the following painted finishes: Aluminum (689) Dark Bronze (695) Statuary Bronze (690) Bronze (691) Brass (696) Black (693).• Arm Assemblies are interchangeable between D-4550 and D-3550 Series Closers.

D-1610 / D-1611 Series Surface ClosersCOMPLETE CLOSERS - (LESS COVER) D-1610 / D-1611APPLICATION Series WeightStandard, Parallel Arm, Top Jamb Std w/PA Brkt 5 lbsLong Rod Forearm (Top Jamb Only) L 5 lbsHold Open Arm (Standard & Top Jamb Only) H 5 lbsHold Open Parallel Arm PH 5 lbs

OPTIONSFull Cover FC 1 lbSex Nuts (add 1 package per closer - 4 sex nuts per pkg) SN Security Screws SECSpecial Rust Inhibitor SRI

CYLINDER ASSEMBLY SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightCylinder Body and Cover, size 2-5 DB-1610 4 lbsCylinder Body and Cover, size 1-4 DB-1611 4 lbs

ARM ASSEMBLY SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightStandard Arm Set (Std, PA & Top Jamb) A16-401 1 lbStandard Arm with Long Rod (Top Jamb) A16-401L 1 lbStandard Hold-Open Arm Set (Std & Top Jamb) A16-401H 1 lbHold Open Parallel Arm A16-403H 1 lb

FULL COVER SETSDESCRIPTION Assembly No. WeightFull Cover C-165 1 lb

NOTES• Closers are shipped standard Less Cover.• Closers available in the following painted finishes: Aluminum (689) Dark Bronze (695) Statuary Bronze (690) Bronze (691) Brass (696) Black (693).• Closers are packed (10) per case.

Price List 65DC

List Price 171 171 207 207

13 8 73 38

List Price 129 129

List Price 42 42 78 78

List Price 13


CO-30/CO-50 Series Concealed ClosersCONCEALED IN-DOOR CLOSERSAPPLICATION CO-50 Series WeightConcealed In-Door Size 3 CO-53 5 lbsConcealed In-Door Size 4 CO-54 5 lbsConcealed In-Door Size 3 with Hold Open CO-153 5 lbsConcealed In-Door Size 4 with Hold Open CO-154 5 lbs

OVERHEAD CONCEALED CLOSERS (HANDED)APPLICATION CO-50 Series WeightOverhead Concealed Size 5 CO-55 12 lbsOverhead Concealed Size 6 CO-56 12 lbsOverhead Concealed Size 5 with Hold Open CO-155 12 lbsOverhead Concealed Size 6 with Hold Open CO-156 12 lbs

DOUBLE ACTING OVERHEAD CONCEALED CLOSERS (SIDE LOADING)APPLICATION Door Opening 30 Series WeightMax Opening Hold Open Max Int. Max Ext.105° 3’-0” 2’-6” 30-21S 10 lbs90° 3’-0” 2’-6” 30-23S 10 lbs105° 105° 3’-6” 3’-0” 30-30S 10 lbs90° 3’-6” 3’-0” 30-31S 10 lbs105° 90° 3’-6” 3’-0” 30-32S 10 lbs105° 30-34S 10 lbs105° 30-41S 10 lbs

NOTES• Closers available in the following painted finishes: Aluminum (689)

Price List 65DC

List Price 341 341 359 359

List Price 654 654 666 666

List Price

412 412 412 412 412 412 422


Mounting AccessoriesD-4550 / D-4551 CYLINDER MOUNTING PLATESDESCRIPTION Part No. Weight

Drop Plate (Std, PA or TJ Mount) P45-180 4 lbs

Drop Plate (PA Mount) Heavy Duty for use with a narrow top rail P45-180D 4 lbs

Angle Bracket (Push Side Mount) P45-190 5 lbs

Adapter Plate for D4550 with Heavy Duty Arm Application to retrofit to LCN 4111 with Heavy Duty Arm Application

P45-4110 4 lbs

Adapter Plate for D4550 with Heavy Duty Arm Application to retrofit to LCN 4040 with Heavy Duty Arm Application

P45-4040 4 lbs

D-3550 / D-3551 CYLINDER MOUNTING PLATESDESCRIPTION Part No. Weight


Angle Bracket (Push Side Mount) P35-190 4 lbs

D-1650 / D-1651 CYLINDER MOUNTING PLATESDESCRIPTION Part No. Weight


Price List 65DC

List Price

49

49

49

49

49

List Price

49

49

List Price

49


D-4550 / D-3550 ARM MOUNTING ACCESSORIESDESCRIPTION Part No. Weight

Spacer Block for mounting PA Bracket on Rabbet P45-110 1 lb

Spacer Block for mounting HD Arms on Rabbet P45HD-110 1 lb

Angle Bracket for Shoe Support on HD Arms P45HD-112 0.5 lbs

Extra-Clearance Offset Soffit Plate Bracket P45-113 1 lb

Angle Bracket for mounting PA Bracket on Flush Transom P45-114 1 lb

Angle Bracket for mounting HD Arms on Flush Transom P45HD-114 2 lbs

Angle Bracket for mounting HD Arms on Flush Transom with Over Head Stop Applications P45HD-114-1 2 lbs

Track Arm End Cap Used on D-4550T/D-3550T with A45-507T P45-507EC .5 lbs

Price List 65DC

List Price

20

21

21

32

24

33

33

5

























QUOTING & ORDERING

Price List 65DC


WHOLESALE PURCHASE: Distributors are also free to utilize Stanley’s Authorized Wholesalers to purchase product. Stanley does not make any guarantee of availability or pricing for purchases from an Authorized Wholesaler and the discounts afforded to Distributor by Stanley shall not apply to purchases from an Authorized Wholesaler. The terms and conditions and price of product shall be mutually as agreed between Distributor and Wholesaler.


Price List 65DC




















October 2015


Price List 65DC



























Price List 65DC


Order Form: _____________________________________ P.O. # ___________________________________________

Date __________________________________________ Ship To: _________________________________________

Sold To: ________________________________________ _________________________________________

_________________________________________

_________________________________________

Phone Number: __________________________________ Date Required: ___________________________________

Placed By: ______________________________________ Job Name: _______________________________________

Entered By: _____________________________________ Salesperson: _____________________________________

Shop Via: ________________________________________

ORDER FORM

Quantity Product Description Door Thickness Finish

STANLEY SecurityAttn: Door Closers Division 6161 East 75th Street Indianapolis, IN 46250

Price List 65DC


RETURN ORDER REQUEST

❏ Return for Replacement ❏ Return for Credit

Date of Request:_________________________________

Original Order: __________________________________

Date of Request:_________________________________







State: __________________________________________ ❏ Return Inventory


Email: _________________________________________

Phone: _________________________________________

❏ Ship Replacement Material to Address Above ❏ Ship Replacement Material to Address on Order


________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


NATURE OF PROBLEM


RETURN MATERIAL


Price List 65DC

21Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030 Price List 65DC

Notes


STANLEYsecurity.com | 1.855.365.2407© 2015 Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.STANLEYsecurity.com/licenses PL65DC • 01/16

PRECISION EXIT DEVICES

PRICE LIST 65PHISTATE CONTRACTPrice List 65 - Take 43.58% off published list priceEffective: January 4, 2016


About the Company

Our History

Simply Safe

PRECISION Hardware has been manufacturing panic and fire exit hardware for over a half century. PRECISION exit devices keep you safe by enabling egress in a way that is as easy as it is precise. Our exit devices have earned a reputation for withstanding the most abusive applications. Today, we offer a complete line of exit devices for a variety of security solutions.








Frederick Stanley


Price List 65PHI


GENERAL INFORMATION

Terms and Conditions 4

Quoting and Ordering 34

Warranty 6

Return Authorization (RA) - Warranty 37

Return Authorization (RA) - Non Warranty 38

Fulfillment Issues 38

How to Order/Finishes/General Information 7

Forms 39

Special Weights 33

2000 APEX SERIES WIDE STILE DEVICES, TRIMS & OPTIONS

Rim Devices 8

Surface Vertical Rod Devices 9

Mortise Devices 10

Wood Door Concealed Vertical Rod Devices 13

Concealed Vertical Rod Devices 14

2000 APEX SERIES NARROW STILE DEVICES, TRIMS & OPTIONS

Rim Devices 11

Concealed Vertical Rod Devices 12

Decorative Levers 15

5000 RELIANT SERIES RELIANT DEVICES, TRIMS & OPTIONS

Rim Devices 16


100, 200, 300 OLYMPIAN SERIES OLYMPIAN DEVICES, TRIMS & OPTIONS

Rim Devices 18


Mortise Devices 20

ARM-A-DOR®

Completed Product Assemblies 21

Optional Kits 21

Deadbolts 21

TRIMS - WIDE STILE, NARROW STILE, OLYMPIAN

Pull and Lever Trims 22

ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS

Door Position Monitoring Switch 26

Electric Mortise Lock 26

Exit Alarm Kits 26

Power Supplies, Control Module, Battery Backup 25

Power Transfers 26

ACCESSORIES

Dummy Touchbars, Mortise Lock, Fire Bolt Assembly, Transom Bracket, Tools, Cylinders 24

CONVERSION KITS

Cylinder Attachment Kits 32

Cylinder Dogging Kits 28

Electric Lock/Unlock Kits 26

ELR Conversion Kits 25

Monitoring Conversion Kits 25

Q Option Retrofit Kits 25

Shim Kits 28

Trim Conversion Kits 32

COMPONENT ASSEMBLIES

Apex Wide Stile 27

Apex Narrow Stile 29

Reliant 30

Olympian 31

MISCELLANEOUS

Accessories 24

Cylinders 24

Mortise Locks 24

Mullions and Fittings 23

Screws and Fasteners 7

Security Screws 7

Sex Bolts 7

Strikes 23

Contents

Price List 65PHI






















October 2015

Price List 65PHI




















October 2015

Price List 65PHI



What is Covered: Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. (“Stanley”) warrants that all Products manufactured by Stanley and sold under its trade name “PRECISION HARDWARE” are free of defects in materials and workmanship as outlined below. The sole and exclusive liability of Stanley under this warranty is limited to the repair or replacement of any Product or component part covered by the warranty at the sole discretion of Stanley.

Who is Covered: This warranty is extended only to Stanley’s distributors of products and the end user who purchases products for purposes other than resale (collectively, “Purchaser”).

Hardware Warranty Period:• Apex, Arm-A-Door, Reliant, Olympian Series (3, 4, 5R Exit Devices) mechanical products shall be warranted for five (5) years from the

date of sale.• Apex, Arm-A-Door, Reliant, Olympian Series (3, 4, 5R Exit Devices) electrical products shall be warranted for one (1) year from the date

of sale.• RM Mullions (811 & 822 Series) shall be warranted for five (5) years from date of sale.• Finishes shall be warranted for three (3) years from the date of sale excluding US10B/613 “Oil Rubbed Bronze” finish.

Stanley Wi-Q™ Technology and B.A.S.I.S. Software: • Stanley warrants that all software shall be free from defects in materials and workmanship and will function in substantial accordance to the




Warranty Claims: Any Products believed to be defective as covered by this warranty may not be returned without prior written Returned Materials Authorization (RMA) from Stanley Product Support (800) 392-5209 covering specific items and quantities within thirty (30) days from the discovery of the alleged defect(s). Stanley will inform the purchaser where to ship said Product(s), shipping charges prepaid by you, for examination. In the event such examination reveals a defect covered by this warranty; Stanley will, at its sole option, repair or replace the Product, and return it or its replacement to the purchaser, with charges only for shipping.

Exclusions: This warranty specifically excludes, and Stanley shall not be held responsible for the following:a) COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH INSTALLING, REMOVING OR REINSTALLATION OF THE PRODUCT.b) Damage caused by Product malfunction or failure attributable to acts of God.c) Improper use or installation.d) Poor or no maintenance. e) Work performed by someone other than an Authorized Stanley technician. f) Failure to follow Stanley’s operating instructions or environmental specifications. g) Incorrect application, modification, vandalism, erosion or corrosion, shipping and/or handling, improper storage, accident, misuse, abuse or







LIMITATION OF WARRANTIES: THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN EXPRESSLY AND IN PLACE OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS ORIMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THERE ARE NO UNDERSTANDINGS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS, OR WARRANTIES NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN.




WARRANTY

Price List 65PHI


How to Order / Finishes / General Information

7Price List 65PHI

UltraShield™ Antimicrobial finish coating option available to Apex Exit Devices & Trims. 630AM list price add $62.00 Exit Devices, $25.00 Trims

Device Type Apex Exit Device Series Add Device Prefix:

Product Series:

C Quick ConnectDE Delayed Egress E Electric Lock/Unlock ELR Electric Latch

Retraction FL Fire Exit Hardware HC Hurricane Code LDS Latch Monitoring

Double Switch LS Latch Monitoring Switch Q Wireless Access

Management SystemTDS Touchbar Monitoring

Double SwitchTS Touchbar Monitoring

SwitchWTDS Weatherized Touchbar

Monitoring Double Switch

WTS Weatherized Touchbar Monitoring Switch

3R0TS2108CD × V4908AKNR × RHRB × 630 × S300 × 3′-0″× 8’-0″ × 1-3/4″ Device Model Trim Hand Finish Strike Door Size

DEVICE ONLY: List quantity, device model w/function, hand, finish, strike, and door size including thickness. Note: For greater exit device mounting heights, see extended bottom rods (pages 35, 36, 37 & 38)

HOW TO ORDER Function

FINISHES For standard finishes in each series, see individual product pages. For other finishes, consult factory. BHMA US DESCRIPTION

600* USP Primed for Paint 605 US3 Bright Brass, Clear Coated 606 US4 Satin Brass, Clear Coated 612 US10 Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613 US10B Satin Bronze, Oxidized, Oil Rubbed 625 US26 Bright Chrome Plated 628 US28 Satin Aluminum, Clear Anodized 630 US32D Satin Stainless Steel 630AM Satin Stainless Steel with

UltraShield™ Antimicrobial coating 689* --- Aluminum Paint / Powder Coat 695* --- Dark Bronze Paint / Powder Coat

SPLIT FINISHES When split finish is specified, the finish listed first is for outside trim. To obtain proper list price, add “Device Only” price (see specific device page), to appropriate “Trim” price (pag. 29). *Mullion finishes 689 & 695 finishes for Reliant series exit devices.

DEVICES FOR DOOR WIDTHS Stock Size for 3'-0" or 4'-0" wide door is available for all series of devices. Stock Size for 2'-0" to 2'-6" wide door is also available for

Add Device Suffix: ALK Battery Operated Exit Alarm ALW Remote Power Exit AlarmBRL Braille Touchbar CD Cylinder Dogging DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LBR Less Bottom Rod Device LD Less Dogging SEC Security Screws SMK Shim Kit SNB Sex Nut and Bolt WALW Weatherized Remote Power Exit Alarm

Add Prefix: C Concealed Vertical Rod Trim M Mortise Trim R Retrofit Trim V Vandal Resistant Lever Trim (08 Function Only)

Specify: Grip Style (A, B, C) Lever Style (A, B, C, D),Knob (K) Decorative Levers (P) w/corresponding

number (see pg. 21 for more details)

Add Suffix: KNR (Knurled Lever or Grip)

Apex wide stile only. At customers request, 10 or more devices of any one door width will be cut at the factory free of charge. For factory cutting of less than 10 devices of any one size, add $24 list per device cutting charge. Factory cutting of custom sizes for Reliant series exit devices not available.

DOOR THICKNESS Rim and Surface Vertical Rod exit device accommodates doors ranging from 1 3/4"– 2 1/4" Mortise and Concealed Vertical Rod exit devices accommodate 1 3/4" thick doors. For applications exceeding the door thickness referenced above, please consult Product Support. Additional charges will apply.

FASTENERS Furnished standard with machine screws and full thread wood/sheet metal screws. Specify Sex Nuts and Bolts “SNB” where recommended or required by the door manufacturer.

SEX NUTS & BOLTS (Not furnished standard) 1/4-20 Thread – When used with top & bottom surface vertical rod latches: (Part # 02399-91 x Finish).

10-24 Thread – When used with end cap bracket, active case and rod guides: (Part # 02408-91 x Finish). If Sex Nuts and Bolts are required, see individual device pages for quantity required and pricing. To order separately, specify “SNB” × Finish. List price $10 each.

SECURITY SCREWS All exposed screws will be Torx® pin tamper resistant machine screws. Specify “SEC” Security Screws. If Security Screws are specified see individual device pages for the price.


• Devices for Retrofit Applications prefix Trim with the letter “R” (e.g. R4908A).

• Devices are priced less cylinders. If cylinder is required please see cylinders on pg. 30.

• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 2’-6” & 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.** See Stanley Hinges & Door Accessories price book for Wire

Harness product

• UltraShield™ Antimicrobial finish coating option available to Apex Exit Devices & Trims.

- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims

Options

Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

TO ORDER:

NOTES:

PREFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)C Pre-Terminated Quick Connect Plug **

DE Delayed Egress: REQUIRES PS161-6 Power Supply (page 31)

E Electric Lock/Unlock with Lock/Unlock monitoring (see above)

ELR Electric Latch Retraction: REQUIRES ELR150 Series Power Supply (pg. 32)

HC Hurricane Code Device LDS Latchbolt Monitoring Double Switch LS Latchbolt Monitoring Switch Q Wireless Access Management System

TDS Touchbar Monitoring Double Switch TS Touchbar Monitoring Switch

WTDS WeatherizedTouchbar Monitoring Double Switch WTS Weatherized Touchbar MonitoringSwitch

SUFFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)ALK Exit Alarm: battery operated kit (9V battery included) ALW Exit Alarm: remote power kit (12 or 24 VDC) BRL Braille Touchbar

CD Cylinder Dogging: 1-1/4” Mortise Cylinder not included

DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LD Less Dogging SEC Security ScrewsSNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req'd) without TrimSNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req'd) with Trim

WALW Weatherized Exit Alarm: Remote power (24 VDC)

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2101 × 170102 Exit only, dummy trim 2102 × 1702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2103 × 1703A05 Key controls thumb piece 2105 × 1705A15 Thumb piece always active 2115 × 1715A

(Devices with 2000C Series Trim are the same price)LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2101 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 2102 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2103 × 4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 2108 × 4908A08 Key controls lever 2108 × V4908A14 Lever/knob always active 2114 × 4914A10 Inside key controls lever/knob 2110 × 4908A

Outside key retracts latchbolt 2110 × V4908A10 Inside key controls lever/knob 2110 × 4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15 21, 2101, 2102, 2103*,2105, 2108, 2114, 2115

*2103 Device × Cylinder Only Application includes Cylinder Attachment Kit “CA-03”

EElec. Device E2103 × 4908AElectric Lock/Unlock Outside Trim E2103 × V4908A

FL Fire Rated Hardware Specify prefix “FL” (e.g. FL2103) Dogging option NOT available

Specify: Device No. with options × Trim × Hand × Finish × Door Width, Height and Thickness.

SPLIT FINISHES: When split finish is specified, the finish listed first is for outside trim. To obtain proper list price, add “Device Only” price to appropriate “Trim” price.

3R0 – Apex Rim – Reversible, Wide Stile2100

Price List 65PHI

Add 173.00

ADDN/C

1555

-

809

36 280 230 470 280 230 390 312

ADD 557 557 93

83

116 36 48 66 22

725

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

1274 1468 1642

1422 1616 1797

1522 1716 1879

1318 1512 1674

1612 1806 2054

1722 1916 2165

2026 2221 2494

1173 1367 1505

2281 2475 2724

Add 62.00Add 25.00


Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:


DE Delayed Egress: REQUIRES PS161-6 Power Supply (pg. 32)*

ELR Electric Latch Retraction: REQUIRES ELR150 Series Power Supply (pg 23)

HC Hurricane Code Device LS Latchbolt Monitoring Switch Q Wireless Access Management System


WTDS Weatherized Touchbar Monitoring Double Switch WTS Weatherized Touchbar Monitoring Switch



DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LBR Less Bottom Rod (no extra charge)LD Less Dogging SEC Security Screws

SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (10 req’d - not including rod guides) without Trim

SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (8 req’d - not including rod guides) LBR Device without Trim

SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d - not including rod guides) with Trim

SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d - not including rod guides) LBR Device with Trim

TMB Transom Bracket WALW Weatherized Exit Alarm: remote power (24 VDC)

TO ORDER:

NOTES:

Options


(Devices with 2000C Series Trim are the same price)LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2201 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 2202 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2203 × 4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 2208 × 4908A08 Key controls lever 2208 × V4908A14 Lever/knob always active 2214 × 4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15 22, 2201, 2202, 2203*,2205, 2208, 2214, 2215

* 2203 Device × Cylinder Only Application includes Cylinder Attachment Kit “CA-03”E Elec. Device (see above) E2203 × 4908A




- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims• Devices for Retrofit Applications prefix Trim with the letter “R”

(e.g. R4908A).


• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 2’-6” & 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.• Top Rod for 7’-0” high door is furnished standard.

• Top Rod for 8’-0” to 12’-0” high door is available at no extra charge. (See catalog for fire rating).

* Rod and Latch Guards provided by others** See Stanley Hinges & Door Accessories price book for Wire

Harness product


3R0 – Apex Surface Vertical Rod – Reversible, Wide Stile2200

Price List 65PHI

ADDN/C

1555

809

36 230 470 280 230 390 312

ADD 557 557 93

83

116 -

36 48

110

88

66

44

58 725

Add 62.00Add 25.00

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

1790 1995 2188

1938 2143 2343

2038 2243 2425

1834 2039 2220

2128 2333 2600

2238 2443 2711

1689 1894 2051

3027 3232 3500

Add 173.00



DE Delayed Egress: REQUIRES PS161-6 Power Supply (pg. 32)

E Electric Lock/Unlock with Lock/Unlock monitoring (see above)


HC Hurricane Code Device LS Latchbolt Monitoring Switch





DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LD Less Dogging SEC Security ScrewsSNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d) without TrimSNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req’d) with Trim

WALW Weatherized Exit Alarm: remote power (24 VDC)

NOTES: • UltraShield™ Antimicrobial finish coating option available to Apex Exit Devices & Trims.

- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims


• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• For mortise lock body ONLY see page 29. For 2’-6” & 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.** See Stanley Hinges & Door Accessories price book for Wire

Harness product

TO ORDER: Specify: Device No. with options × Trim × Hand × Finish × Door Width, Height and Thickness.

Options

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2301 × 170102 Exit only, dummy trim 2302 × 1702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2303 × 1703A05 Key controls thumb piece 2305 × M1705A15 Thumb piece always active 2315 × M1715A

(Devices with M2000C Series Trim are the same price)LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2301 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 2302 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2303 × M4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 2308 × M4908A08 Key controls lever 2308 × VM4908A14 Lever/knob always active 2314 × M4914A10 Inside key controls lever/knob 2310 × M4908A

Outside key retracts latchbolt 2310 × VM4908A10 Inside key controls lever/knob 2310 × M4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15 2301, 2302, 2303*,2305, 2308, 2314, 2315

E Elec. Device E2303 × M4908AElectric Lock/Unlock Outside Trim E2303 × VM4908A

FL Fire Rated Hardware Specify prefix “FL” (eg FL2303) Dogging option NOT available


Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

3R0 – Apex Mortise - Handed, Wide Stile 2300

Price List 65PHI

ADDN/C

1555

-

809

36 230 280 230 390 312

ADD 557 557 93

83

116 36 48 66 22 725

Add 62.00Add 25.00

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

1760 1967 2157

1908 2115 2312

2008 2215 2394

1804 2011 2189

2098 2305 2569

2208 2415 2680

2512 2720 3009

1659 1866 2020

2829 3036 3301

Add 173.00


Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:








DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LD Less Dogging SEC Security ScrewsSNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d) without Trim SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req’d) with Trim


NOTES:

TO ORDER:

Options

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2401 × 200102 Exit only, dummy trim 2402 × 2002C03 Key retracts latchbolt 2403 × 2003C

LEVER TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2401 × 290102 Exit only, dummy trim 2402 × 2902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2403 × 2903A08 Key controls lever 2408 × 2908A14 Lever always active 2414 × 2914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 08, 14 2401, 2402, 2403*,2408, 2414

* 2403 Device × Cylinder Only Application includes Cylinder Attachment Kit “NCA-03”.




- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims• Devices are priced less cylinders. If cylinder is required please

see cylinders on pg. 30.

• 2403 × 2903A Device uses Rim Cylinder, 2408 × 2908A Device uses Mortise Cylinder.

• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.** See Stanley Hinges & Door Accessories price book for Wire

Harness product


3R0 – Apex Rim - Non Handed, Narrow Stile 2400

Price List 65PHI

ADDN/C

1555

809

280 230 390 312

ADD 557 557 93

83

116 36 48 44 22 725

Add 62.00Add 25.00

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

1424 1626 1810

1572 1774 1965

1468 1670 1842

1762 1964 2222

1872 2074 2333

1323 1525 1673

Add 173.00


Pull Trim:

NOTES:

TO ORDER:


- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims• Devices are priced less cylinders. If cylinder is required

please see cylinders on pg. 30.

• 2603 × 2903A Device uses Rim Cylinder, 2608 × 2908A Device uses Mortise Cylinder.

• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 2'-6" & 4’-0” doors are available at no extra

charge.• Top Rod for 6’-8” to 8’-0” high door is furnished standard.• Top Rod for 8’-0” to 10’-0” high door is available at no

extra charge. (See catalog for fire rating).

** See Stanley Hinges & Door Accessories price book for Wire Harness product


OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMLEVER TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2601 × 290102 Exit only, dummy trim 2602 × 2902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2603 × 2903A08 Key controls lever 2608 × 2908A14 Lever always active 2614 × 2914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 08, 142601, 2602, 2603*,2608, 2614

*2603 Device × Cylinder Only Application includes Cylinder Attachment Kit “NCA-03”


Options








DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LBR Less Bottom Rod (no extra charge)LD Less Dogging SEC Security ScrewsSNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d) without Trim SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req’d) with Trim



3R0 – Apex Concealed Vertical Rod - Non Handed, Narrow Stile 2600

Price List 65PHI

Add 62.00Add 25.00

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

2095 2310 2495

2389 2604 2875

2499 2714 2986

1950 2165 2326

ADD55755793

83

116 - 3648 44 22 725

ADDN/C

1555

809

280230390312

Add 173.00


NOTES:

TO ORDER:


LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2701 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 2702 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2703 × 4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 2708 × 4908A08 Key controls lever 2708 × V4908A14 Lever/knob always active 2714 × 4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 152701, 2702, 2705,2708, 2714, 2715

EElec. Device E2703 × 4908AElectric Lock/Unlock Outside Trim E2703 × V4908A


Options




LS Latchbolt Monitoring Switch Q Wireless Access Management System





DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LBR Less Bottom Rod (no extra charge)LD Less Dogging SEC Security ScrewsSNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d) without Trim SNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req’d) with Trim




- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims• Devices for Retrofit Applications prefix Trim with the letter “R”

(e.g. R4908A).

• Devices are priced less cylinders. If cylinder is required please see cylinders on page 30.

• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 2’-6” & 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.• Top Rod for 6’-8” to 8’-0” high door is furnished standard.• Top Rod for 8’-1” to 10’-0” high door is available at no extra

charge. (See catalog for fire rating).



Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

3R0 – Apex Wood Door Concealed Vertical Rod - Reversible, Wide Stile 2700

Add 62.00Add 25.00

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

2191 2406 2613

2339 2554 2768

2439 2654 2850

2235 2450 2645

2529 2744 3025

2639 2854 3136

2090 2305 2476

3428 3643 3925

ADDN/C

1555

809

230470280230390312

ADD55755793

83

116 - 3648 66 22 725

Add 173.00

Price List 65PHI


Cast Plate:

NOTES:

TO ORDER:


Options




HC Hurricane Code Device LS Latchbolt Monitoring Switch





DS Door Position Monitoring Switch LBR Less Bottom Rod (no extra charge)LD Less Dogging SEC Security ScrewsSNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d) without TrimSNB SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req’d) with Trim




- 630AM list price for Exit Devices - 630AM list price for Trims• Devices are priced less cylinders. If cylinder is required please

see cylinders on pg. 30.• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.

• Devices for 2’-6” & 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.• Top Rod for 6’-8” to 8’-0” high door is furnished standard.• Top Rod for 8’-1” to 10’-0” high door is available at no extra




Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

3R0 – Apex Concealed Vertical Rod - Reversible, Wide Stile 2800

Add 62.00Add 25.00

ADDN/C

1555

809

36230280230390312

ADD55755793

83

116 - 3648 66 22 725

Add 173.00

628606, 612 613, 630

605 625

1938 2150 2347

2086 2298 2502

2186 2398 2584

1982 2194 2379

2276 2488 2759

2386 2598 2870

2020 2232 2393

1837 2049 2210

3175 3387 3659

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2801 × 170102 Exit only, dummy trim 2802 × C1702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2803 × C1703A05 Key controls thumb piece 2805 × C1705A15 Thumb piece always active 2815 × C1715A

LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 2801 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 2802 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 2803 × 4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 2808 × 4908A08 Key controls lever 2808 × V4908A14 Lever/knob always active 2814 × 4914A

CAST PLATE:03 Key Retracts Latch Bolt

2803 × C03(pull by others)

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15 2801,2802,2803*,2805, 2808, 2814, 2810

*2803 Device x Cylinder Only Application requires C03 Trim, see page 20

EElec. Device E2803 x 4908AElectric Lock/Unlock Outside Trim E2803 x V4908A

Price List 65PHI


TO ORDER:

LEVER STYLES

LEVER STYLES

12

17

51

52

54

60

62

65

66

68

69

70

75

77

79

83

87

89

90

91

92 Lever option also available

Specify: Device No. with options x Trim x Hand x Finish x Door Width, Height and Thickness.

Decorative Levers list price 2900/4900Series Trims

Price List 65PHI

LIST PRICE ADD

LIST PRICE ADD

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

97

$97 PER TRIM (ONE LEVER)


Options

Plate

Pull Trim

Lever Trim

PREFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)TDS Touchbar Monitoring Double Switch TS Touchbar Monitoring Switch


SUFFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)ALK Exit Alarm: battery operated kit (9V battery included) ALW Exit Alarm: remote power kit (12 or 24 VDC)


LD Less Dogging SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d) without TrimSNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (2 req’d) with Trim

WALW Weatherized Exit Alarm: remote power (12 or 24 VDC)

NOTES:

TO ORDER:

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIM TRIM ONLYPLATE:01 Exit only, cover plate 5101 × 501 501

PULL TRIM:02 Exit only, dummy trim 5102 × 602 60203 Key retracts latchbolt 5103 × 603 60302 Exit only, dummy trim 5102 × 702A 702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 5103 × 703A 703A

LEVER TRIM:08 Key controls lever 5108 × 808A 808A14 Lever always active 5114 × 814A 814A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 08, 14 5101, 5102, 5103*,

- 5108, 5114




• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.

• Factory cutting of custom sixes for Reliant series exit devices not available.

• Weatherized Exit Alarm: remote power (24 VDC) • Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra change.• 603 and 703 Trims use a Rim Cylinder, 808A Trims use a Mortise Cylinder.• Factory cutting of custom sixes for Reliant series exit devices not available.

4R0 – Reliant Rim - Non Handed 5100

Price List 65PHI

ADD280230390312

ADD557557

83

36 44 22 725

689 695

501

517

566

707

452

689 695

49

65

114

255

-

Add 173.00


PREFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)TDS Touchbar Monitoring Double Switch TS Touchbar Monitoring Switch


SUFFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)ALK Exit Alarm: battery operated kit (9V battery included) ALW Exit Alarm: remote power kit (12 or 24 VDC)


LBR Less Bottom Rod (no extra charge)

LD Less Dogging

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (8 req’d - not including rod guides) without Trim

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d - not including rod guides) LBR Device w/o Trim.

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d - not including rod guides) with Trim

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d - not including rod guides) LBR Device with Trim


NOTES:

TO ORDER:


• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.• 603 and 703 Trims use a Rim Cylinder, 808A Trims use a

Mortise Cylinder• Top Rod for 7’-0” high door is furnished standard.• Top Rod for 8’-0” to 10’-0” high door is available at no extra




OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIM TRIM ONLYPLATE:01 Exit only, cover plate 5201 × 501 501

PULL TRIM:02 Exit only, dummy trim 5202 × 602 60203 Key retracts latchbolt 5203 × 603 60302 Exit only, dummy trim 5202 × 702A 702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 5203 × 703A 703A

LEVER TRIM:08 Key controls lever 5208 × 808A 808A14 Lever always active 5214 × 814A 814A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 08, 14 5201, 5202, 5203*,

-5208, 5214


Options


Plate

Pull Trim

Lever Trim

• Weatherized Exit Alarm: remote power (24 VDC) • Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra change.• 603 and 703 Trims use a Rim Cylinder, 808A Trims use a Mortise Cylinder.• Factory cutting of custom sixes for Reliant series exit devices not available.

4R0 – Reliant Surface Vertical Rod - Reversible 5200

Price List 65PHI

ADD280230390312

ADD557557

83

0

36

88

66

66

44

725

689 695

827

843

892

1,033

778

689 695

49

65

114

255

-

Add 173.00


SUFFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)CBR Reinforced CrossbarLD Less Dogging SEC Security Screws (crossbar arm screws are hex socket head)SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (8 req’d) without TrimSNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d) with Trim

NOTES:

TO ORDER: Specify: Device No. with options × Trim × Hand × Finish × Door Width, Height and Thickness.


• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.• Trim No. with prefix “Y” is for Olympian Device only.

Options

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 101, R101 × 170102 Exit only, dummy trim 102, R102 × 1702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 103, R103 × 1703A05 Key controls thumb piece 105, R105 × Y1705A15 Thumb piece always active 115, R115 × Y1715A

(Devices with 2000C Series Trim are the same price)LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 101, R101 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 102, R102 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 103, R103 × 4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 108, R108 × Y4908A08 Key controls lever 108, R108 × VY4908A14 Lever/knob always active 114, R114 × Y4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15

101, R101, 102, R102,103*, R103*, 105, R105,108, R108, 114, R114,115, R115

*103 or R103 Device × Cylinder Only Application includes Cylinder Attachment Kit “CA-03”



Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

100 5R0 – Olympian Rim - 100 Handed, R100 Reversible, Crossbar

Price List 65PHI

ADD 52 36 48 88 44

606, 612 613, 630

605 625

1499 1679

1647 1834

1747 1916

1543 1711

1837 2091

1947 2202

1398 1542

Add 173.00


SUFFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)CBR Reinforced CrossbarLBR Less Bottom Rod (no extra charge)LD Less Dogging SEC Security Screws (crossbar arm screws are hex socket head)

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (12 req’d - not including rod guides) without Trim

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (10 req’d - not including rod guides) LBR Device without Trim

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (8 req’d - not including rod guides) with Trim

SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (6 req’d - not including rod guides) LBR Device with Trim

TMB Transom Bracket

NOTES:

TO ORDER:

Options

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 201 × 170102 Exit only, dummy trim 202 × 1702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 203 × 1703A05 Key controls thumb piece 205 × Y1705A15 Thumb piece always active 215 × Y1715A

(Devices with 2000C Series Trim are the same price)LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 201 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 202 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 203 × 4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 208 × Y4908A08 Key controls lever 208 × VY4908A14 Lever/knob always active 214 × Y4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15 201, 202, 203*,205, 208, 214, 215




• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard.• Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge.• Top Rod for 7’-0” high door is furnished standard.• Top Rod for 8’-0” to 12’-0” high door is available at no

extra charge. (See catalog for fire rating).• Trim No. with prefix “Y” is for Olympian Device only.



Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

5R0 – Olympian Surface Vertical Rod - Non Handed, Crossbar 200

Price List 65PHI

ADD52 - 3648

132

110

88

66

58

606, 612 613, 630

605 625

2048 2242

2196 2397

2296 2479

2092 2274

2386 2654

2496 2765

1947 2105

Add 173.00


NOTES:

TO ORDER:


• Devices for 3’-0” door are furnished standard

• Devices for 4’-0” doors are available at no extra charge• For mortise lock body ONLY see pg. 30.

Specify: Device No with options × Trim × Hand × Finish × Door Width, Height and Thickness

Options


SUFFIX (ADD TO DEVICE #)CBR Reinforced CrossbarLD Less Dogging SEC Security Screws (crossbar arm screws are hex socket head)SNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (8 req’d) without TrimSNB • SNB Sex Nut and Bolt (4 req’d) with Trim

OUTSIDE FUNCTION DEVICE × TRIMPULL TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 301 × 170102 Exit only, dummy trim 302 × 1702A03 Key retracts latchbolt 303 × 1703A05 Key controls thumb piece 305 × M1705A15 Thumb piece always active 315 × M1715A

(Devices with M2000C Series Trim are the same price)LEVER/KNOB TRIM:01 Exit only, cover plate 301 × 490102 Exit only, dummy trim 302 × 4902A03 Key retracts latchbolt 303 × M4903A08 Key controls lever/knob 308 × M4908A08 Key controls lever 308 × VM4908A14 Lever/knob always active 314 × M4914A

DEVICE ONLY:

01, 02, 03, 05, 08, 14, 15 301, 302, 303,305, 308, 314, 315


Pull Trim:

Lever/Knob Trim:

5R0 – Olympian Mortise - Handed, Crossbar 300

Price List 65PHI

606, 612 613, 630

605 625

2018 2213

2166 2368

2266 2450

2062 2245

2356 2625

2466 2736

1917 2076

ADD523648 88 44

Add 173.00


TO ORDER:Specify: 7R–A101-001 × US28/628.

COMPLETE PRODUCT ASSEMBLIES

PRODUCT NUMBER DESCRIPTION ALARM FITS DOOR WIDTHS FITS JAMBS UP TO A101-001 Automatic Relock No 3’ TO 4’ 6 3/4”A101-002 Automatic Relock Yes* 3’ TO 4’ 6 3/4”A101-012 Automatic Relock No 3’ ONLY 5 1/4” - 5 3/4”A101-013 Automatic Relock Yes* 3’ ONLY 5 1/4” - 5 3/4”A101-014 Automatic Relock No 4’ ONLY 5 1/4” - 5 3/4”A101-015 Automatic Relock Yes* 4’ ONLY 5 1/4” - 5 3/4”A102-001 Manual Relock No 3’ TO 4’ 6 3/4”A102-002 Manual Relock Yes* 3’ TO 4’ 6 3/4”A101-F01 Automatic-Fire Rated No 3’ TO 4’ 6 3/4”A101-F02 Automatic-Fire Rated Yes* 3’ TO 4’ 6 3/4”* ALARM MODELS A101-002, A101-013, and A101-F02 require two 9 volt batteries (INCLUDED) and aStandard 1-1/8” mortise cylinder (NOT INCLUDED)

OPTIONAL KITS: (A/C ADAPTER, ALARM, DOUBLE DOOR, LOW PROFILE)

KIT NUMBER DESCRIPTIONA103-002 Switch - For wiring to existing system (one individual kit) A103-003 Alarm Sub - Assembly A104-001 Low Profile Installation Kit - For door jambs greater than 6 3/4” A106-001 Standard Double Door Kit - For all models A106-002 Low Profile Installation Kit - For jamb depths greater than 6 3/4”A107-001 A/C Adapter Kit - For plug in battery back-up A107-002 A/C Adapter Hard Wire Kit - Wiring to electrical system w/battery back-up DROP SHIP Drop Ship Fee For Items Shipped Under $300

DEADBOLTS (REQUIRED) FOR DOUBLE DOOR APPLICATIONS:

MODEL DESCRIPTION1881-003 Sliding Deadbolt w/Padlock locking Hasp & Strike 1883-003 Sliding Deadbolt Keylocking with Strike

NOTES: • Prepaid Freight on all shipments of 30 or more units.• Express Program (ship within 48 hours) available for up to 10 units for extra 20% limited to models A101-002, 101-013, A101-015.

7R0 – Arm-A-Dor® – Security Exit Hardware

Price List 65PHI

US28/6281207134710641207116313041163130413471487

62 550 164 245 262 280 386 62

175 200


Function Specify: Grip Design (A,B,C) Lever or Knob Design (A,B,C,D,K) Decorative Levers (P) w/corresponding number Suffix: “KNR” Knurled Lever or Grip

3R0V4908AKNR × RHRB × 630 × 1-3/4″

“C” Grip

“A” Lever “B” Lever “C” Lever “D” Lever

”K” Knob “D” Lever “A” Lever “B” Lever “C” Lever 1700A “A” Grip

1700B “B” Grip

1700C “C” Grip

2000C

C03 Cast Plate

“Pull by others”

How to Order:

Style: 17, 20, 49, 29 Prefix designates: “C” Concealed Vertical Rod Trim “M” Mortise Trim “R” Retrofit Trim “V” Vandal Resistant (4908 Lever Trim only) “Y” Olympian Trim Product Series

4900A

2900A

4900B 4900C

2900B

4900D

2900C

4900K

2900D

Trim No. Hand Finish Door Thickness

TRIM NUMBER4901, R4901, 2901 (cover plate)4902A, R4902A, 4903A, R4903A, M4903A, RM4903A, 2902A, 2903A

4908A, R4908A, 4914A, R4914A, Y4908A, Y4914A, M4908A, M4914A, RM4908A, RM4914A, 2908A, 2914AV4908A, RV4908A, VM4908A, VY4908A, RVM4908A

TRIM NUMBER1701, R1701, 2001 (cover plate)1702A, R1702A, 1703A, R1703A, C1702A, C1703A, 2002C, 2003C

1705A, R1705A, 1715A, R1715A, C1705A, C1715A, Y1705A, Y1715A, M1705A, M1715A, RM1705A, RM1715A, 2005C, 2015C, Y2005C, Y2015C, M2005C, M2015C

• Lever Trims are shipped handed. Specify Hand.• 626 Trim is furnished for 628 and 630 Devices.• 2900 Series Trims are available for Apex Narrow Stile only.

• UltraShield™ Antimicrobial finish coating option available to Apex Trims. - 630AM list price for Trims

• For pricing on trims for the 5100 and 5200 series devices, see pages 22 and 23.


• Trims with “M” prefix require 1-1/4” Mortise Type Cylinder on page 30.

NOTES: • 2900 Series T rim - Rim Type Cylinder for “03” function and Mortise Type Cylinder for “08” function, not furnished standard. Use 1-1/4” long standard Mortise Cylinder . Specify when required.

• All other Trims require Rim Type Cylinder .• Trim No. with prefix “Y” is for Olympian Device only.• No extra charge for different Lever or Grip styles. A Lever/Grip Standard.

• 630 Trim furnished for 628 Devices. Grip Style “A” and “B” are furnished 626 for 630 Trim.

• Specify No. C03 Cylinder Attachment Trim for 2803 Device when Pull by Others is specified.

• Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 625 and 626 finishes.

Trim - Apex Wide & Narrow Stile, Olympian

Price List 65PHI

• Add $183.00 to the price of the device.

• Knurled Knob/Lever, Grip “KNR” add $83.00

606, 612 613, 630 605, 625

145 169 439

- 549

-

549 -

660 -

549 660

606, 612, 613, 630 605, 625

101 137

249 292

349 374


DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NO.Complete Mullion AssembliesREMOVABLE MULLION - 2” × 2” × 8’-0”

Standard 811REMOVABLE MULLION - 2” × 3” × 8’-0”

Standard 822Fire Labeled (Includes Stabilizers) FL822Hurricane Code HC822Fire Labeled Hurricane Code FLC822KEY REMOVABLE MULLION - 2” × 3” × 8’-0”

Standard KR822Fire Labeled (Includes Stabilizers) FLKR822Hurricane Code HCKR822Fire Labeled Hurricane Code (Includes Stabilizers) FLHCKR822• For greater heights add $19 for each additional 12" or less • Above Mullion Prices include Top and Bottom Fittings.Note: MCS822 mullion cap spacer available as suffix option for 822 series mullions (e.g. 822MCS x 600 x 8’).* For individual kit see 822 mullion accessories below.INDIVIDUAL MULLION FITTINGS

Mullion Cap MC811 Bottom Fitting-fl at sill MB811 Mullion Cap MC822 Bottom Fitting-fl at sill MB822 KEY REMOVABLE MULLION CAP KIT

Mullion Cap Assembly KMC822Fire Labeled Mullion Cap Assembly KMC822F 822 MULLION ACCESSORIES

*Mullion Cap Spacer MCS822 Stabilizers (2 per mullion) - Dull Black ST989 Interlock - Dull Black S1447

DESCRIPTION SERIES STRIKE NO.STRIKES - RIM DEVICES

Standard2100, 5100, 100, R100, FL2100, FL5100, FL100, FR100 S300 2400, FL2400-Pair of Doors with Mullion 2400, FL2400-Single Door (Roller Strike) S988

Optional

2100, 2400, 5100, 100, R100, FL2100, FL2400, FL5100, S301

FL100, FLR100 (Roller Strike) 2100, 2400, 5100, 100, R100, FL2100, FL2400, FL5100,

S458 FL100, FLR100 (Roller Strike) 2100, 5100, 100, R100 (Roller Strike) S988 2100 × 2200, 5100 × 5200, 100 × 200 S459

STRIKES - VERTICAL ROD DEVICESTop Strike 2200, FL2200, 5200, FL5200, 200, FL200 S300 Optional 2200, FL2200, 5200, FL5200, 200, FL200 S301 Bottom Strike 2200, FL2200, 5200, FL5200, 200, FL200 S460 STRIKES - MORTISE DEVICES

Standard Std Curved Lip Single Door ANSI (handed) S982

OptionalFlat 7/8” Lip ANSI (handed) S983 Open Back ANSI (handed) S984 Open Back 8” × 1-1/4” (handed) S985

STRIKES - CONCEALED VERTICAL ROD DEVICESTop Strike 2700, FL2700, 2800, FL2800, 2600, FL2600 S519 Bottom Strike 2700, FL2700, 2800, FL2800, 2600, FL2600 S460

Mullions and Strikes

Price List 65PHI

PRIMER 600ALUMINUM 689 OR DARK BRONZE 695

475 560

605 690 777 863 863 948 1037 1121

1037 11641248 13361336 14251456 1510

97 112 70 91

158 174 128 150

475 496 686 668

68 82 76 (Dull Black)58 (Dull Black)

DULL BLACK

605, 606, 612 613, 625, 630

64 -

80 -

80 -

80 - 80 - 44 -

64 - 80 - 52 -

- 64 - 64 - 120 - 127

64 - 52 -


SERIES DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NO.RIGID DUMMY TOUCHBAR

Apex Wide Stile Rigid 671DR-3, 671DR-4Narrow Stile Rigid N673DR-3, N673DR-4

ACTIVE DUMMY TOUCHBAR WITH MICRO SWITCHApex Wide Stile Active TS672DA-3, TS672DA-4

Narrow Stile Active TSN674DA-3, TSN674DA-4

OPTIONS FOR ACTIVE DUMMY TOUCHBARALK Exit Alarm: battery operated kit (9V battery included) ALW Exit Alarm: remote power kit (12 or 24 VDC) CD Cylinder Dogging: 1-1/4” Mortise Cylinder not includedDS Door Position Monitoring Switch TDS Touchbar Monitoring Double Switch

SERIES DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NO.MORTISE LOCK - HANDED

Apex & Olympian

Functions 01, 02, 03 M303, M303F Functions 05, 08, 14, 15 M308, M308F Functions 10 M310, M310F

• For Electric Mortise Lock see page 32.• 1-1/4” mortise cylinder not included. If cylinder is required please see cylinders below.• Lock front furnished beveled.• Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 625, 630 Finishes.• When ordering specify: model no., hand and finish.(e.g. M303 × RHRB × 630)

SERIES DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NO.FIRE BOLT ASSEMBLY

Apex & Olympian Fire Bolt Assembly FB277

TRANSOM BRACKETApex & Olympian Transom Bracket TMB453

(Use Strike No. S300,see pg. 31)

TOOLSAll Devices 7/32” Dogging Key DK220

5/32” Hex Wrench* HW996 * Hex Wrench for crossbar plugs and mortise active case.

CYLINDERS

Rim Cylinder IE72

Mortise Cylinder IE74 C4

Note: Rim and mortise cylinders (housings) as well as interchangeable cores are available from our BEST product line. Please ask your local Stanley Security Solutions sales representative about the many options available to fit your specific requirements including patented keying systems such as BEST CORMAX™.

Accessories

Price List 65PHI

628606, 612 613, 630 605, 625

615 776 898

1044 1058 1185

557 557 83

116 280

ALL FINISHES

605

148

62

17

See BEST Price Book for more

detail

See BEST Price Book for more

detail


DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NOPOWER SUPPLY - SERIES ELR150 (REQUIRED FOR ELR DEVICES)

Power Supply including (1) control module for (1) device ELR151 Power Supply including (2) control modules for (2) devices ELR152 Power Supply including (3) control modules for (3) devices ELR153 Power Supply including (4) control modules for (4) devices ELR154 Power Supply, no control modules ELR150

CONTROL MODULEControl Module card (on/off adjustable Time Delay standard) CM150-08

BATTERY BACK-UPBattery back-up card (batteries not included) BT150-07

POWER SUPPLY - SERIES PS160-6 (REQUIRED FOR DE DEVICES)Power Supply (6 amp) operates up to (4) DE Devices (wire run permitting) PS161-6

CONVERSION KITS PRODUCT NOELECTRIC LATCH RETRACTION*

For 3’-0”, 4’-0” Apex Wide Stile Device ELRK-3, ELRK-4, ELRKF-3, ELRKF-4 For 3’-0”, 4’-0” Apex Narrow Stile Device NELRK-3, NELRK-4, NELRKF-3, NELRKF-4 • ELR Conversion Kits are ONLY available for Apex 2000 Series Devices.* Requires PHI ELR150 Power Supply (see above).

MONITORINGAll Apex Devices Touchbar Monitoring Switch TSK309All Apex Devices Touchbar Monitoring Double Switch TDSK310 Apex Wide Rim Device Only Latchbolt Monitoring Switch LSRK298 Apex Wide Rim Device Only Latchbolt Monitoring Double Switch LDSRK299 Apex Wide SVR or CVR Devices Only Latchbolt Monitoring Switch LSVK910

Q OPTION RETROFIT KITSWireless Access Management System

QSRK5267 – 2103 Rim QSVK5268 – 2203, 2703 Surface and Concealed Vertical RodSurface and Conceled Vertical Rod

NOTE: For additional product details see Apex 2000 series catalog section.• Latchbolt Monitoring for Apex Mortise Devices, specify LSM303 or LSM308 Electric Mortise Lock, see pg. 32.

ELECTRIC RIM DEVICE2103, FL2103 Rim Devices Electric Lock/Unlock Outside Trim E2103K

Electrical Products

Price List 65PHI

LIST PRICE

671 918 11671415 426

249

457

697

842 842

230 280 230 280 230

508

559


DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NO.ELECTRIC MORTISE LOCK

Latchbolt monitoring, “03” Function LSM303, LSM303F Latchbolt monitoring, “08” Function LSM308, LSM308F Electric lock/unlock with switch to monitor outside trim (locked/unlocked) EM303, EM303F Electric lock/unlock with switches to monitor the outside trim (locked or unlocked) and to monitor the latchbolt LSEM303, LSEM303F

NOTES:• Fail Secure “FSE” is furnished standard. When Fail Safe is required specify “FS”.• Electric lock/unlock option specify 24V.• Price does not include 1-1/4” mortise cylinder. If cylinder is required please see cylinders on pg. 30.• Lock front furnished beveled.• When ordering specify: model no., voltage (24V), Fail Safe/Fail Secure, hand and finish.(e.g. EM303 × 24V × FS × RHRB × 630)

DEVICE SERIES DESCRIPTION DEVICE SIZE KIT NO.EXIT ALARM KIT

Apex Wide Stile .Battery Operated*

3’-0” ALK-3 4’-0” ALK-4

Remote Power3’-0” ALW-3 4’-0” ALW-4

Apex Narrow StileBattery Operated*

3’-0” NALK-3 4’-0” NALK-4

Remote Power 3’-0” NALW-3 4’-0” NALW-4

Reliant** Battery Operated*

3’-0” RALK-3 4’-0” RALK-4

Remote Power 3’-0” RALW-3 4’-0” RALW-4

Notes:• WH495 Wiring Harness - Required for Remote Arming/Disarming the Alarm. • Narrow and Wide Stile, kits are available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 625, 628, 630 Finishes.• To order specify Kit No. and Finish (e.g. ALK-3 × 630).* For Battery operated kits a 9 Volt Battery is included.** Reliant Series, kits are available in 689 or 695 Finishes.

DEVICE SERIES DESCRIPTION DEVICE SIZE KIT NO.DOOR POSITION MONITORING SWITCH*Apex Wide Stile Door Position Switch Kit All DS880 Apex Narrow Stile Door Position Switch Kit All NDS986 * Kit includes Endcap and Endcap Mounting Bracket, specify finish.

DESCRIPTION PRODUCT NO.POWER TRANSFERConc Power Transfer - accepts 5/16” wire bundle - max. 120° degree swing EPT-5

Door Loop - Armored Flex Conduit (less wires) 18” long - max. 120° degree swing EPT-2

Electric Power Transfer EPT-12C

Electrical Products - (continued)

Price List 65PHI

ALL FINISHES

840

11731226

ALL FINISHES

580

580

528

38

121

218

64

492


DESCRIPTION FUNCTION/ DEVICE TYPE ASSEMBLY NO.

ACTIVE CASE (INCLUDES LOCK SIDE FILLER)

Rim - Reversible01, 02 , 03 A2103 05, 08, 14, 15 A2108

Rim - Reversible (Fire Rated)01, 02 , 03 A2103F 05, 08, 14, 15 A2108F

Surface Vertical Rod - Reversible 01, 02, 03 A2203, A2203F05, 08, 14, 15 A2208, A2208F

Mortise - Reversible 01, 02, 03, 05 A2303 08, 14, 15 A2303F

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) - Reversible

01, 02, 03 A2803, A2803F05, 08, 14, 15 A2808, A2808F

Concealed Vertical Rod (wood) - Reversible

01, 02, 03 A2703, A2703F05, 08, 14, 15 A2708, A2708F

TOP LATCH

Surface Vertical Rod (630 furnished for 628, includes Latch Cover)

2200, FL2200

TL22, TL22F

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal, includes Top Latch & Rod Assembly)

2800, FL2800

TL28-8, TL28-10, TL28F-8, TL28F-10

Concealed Vertical Rod (wood, includes Top Latch & Rod Assembly)

2700, FL2700

TL27-8, TL27-10, TL27F-8

BOTTOM LATCH

Surface Vertical Rod (630 furnished for 628, includes Latch Cover)

2200, FL2200

BL22, BL22F


2800, FL2800

BL28, BL28F

Concealed Vertical Rod (wood, includes Top Latch & Rod Assembly)

2700, FL2700

BL27, BL27F

COVERSACTIVE CASERim 2100, FL2100 AC21 Rim “10” Function - Handed 2110, FL2110 AC2110 Surface Vertical Rod 2200, FL2200 AC22 Mortise 2300, FL2300 AC23 Mortise “10” Function - Handed 2310, FL2310 AC2310

Concealed Vertical Rod 2700, FL2700,

AC23 2800, FL2800

SVR LATCH CASE(Top or Bottom) 2200, FL2200 LC22(630 furnished for 628)

Notes:• Assembly Nos. with Suffix “F” designate Assemblies for Fire Exit Hardware.• Specify Hand for all reversible Active Case Assemblies.

Apex Component Assemblies - Wide Stile

Price List 65PHI

STEEL PLATED 628

606, 612 613, 630 605 625

− 535 533 568

− 668 665 707

− 535 533 568

− − 316 356

215 − − −

330 − − −

− − 277 322

152 − − −

256 − − −

− 107 152 200

− − 134 166



TOUCHBAR COMPONENTS

Touchbar Assembly (less active case, end cap & brkt.) All Devices TBA-3, FLTBA-3, TBA-4,

FLTBA-4, TBA-26, FLTBA-26DEVICE ENDCAP

Endcap All Devices EC992Mounting Bracket All Devices MB305CENTER CHASSIS

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) 2800, FL2800 CCH344TOP ROD

Surface Vertical Rod 7’-0” TR1854(Includes Rod Pin, Clip & Rod Guide) 8’-0” TR1855(630 furnished for 626 and 628) 1 0’-0” TR1857(12'-0" is not available on Fire Rated Devices) 12’-0” TR5197

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal)6’-8” to 8’-0” TR5518’-1” to 10’-0” TR552

Concealed Vertical Rod (wood)6’-8” to 8’-0” TR5548’-1” to 10’-0” TR555

BOTTOM ROD

Surface Vertical Rod (Includes Rod Pin, Clip & Rod Guide) (630 furnished for 626 and 628)

All Devices BR1859

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) (Includes Bottom bolt) All Devices BR553

Concealed Vertical Rod (wood) (Includes Bottom bolt) All Devices BR556

EXTENDED BOTTOM RODSurface Vertical Rod All Devices BR5247-09Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) (Bottom bolt NOT included) All Devices BR5244-09

Concealed Vertical Rod (wood) (Bottom bolt NOT included) All Devices BR5246-09

ROD GUIDE, PIN & CLIPSurface Vertical Rod 2200, FL2200 RG124CYLINDER DOGGING KIT

Cylinder Dogging Kit (1-1/4” Mortise Cylinder not included, see pg. 30) All Devices CDK-3, CDK-4

DOUBLE CYLINDER KIT - “10” FUNCTION - HANDED(Cylinders not included, see pg. 30)

Rim Device (Includes locking/cylinder assy., cylinder collar and active case cover)

RDC-10

Mortise Device (Includes M310 Mortise Lock, extension assy., cylinder bracket/collar and active case cover)

MDC-10

SHIM KITOne set of 1/8” shims All Devices SMK994BACK PLATE

Access Control Trim Center Driven Cam All Devices BP21

Note: Converts 2101, 2102, 2103, 2108 to 21 Center driven cam exit device

Apex Component Assemblies - Wide Stile

Price List 65PHI

STEEL PLATED 628

606, 612 613, 630 605 625

- 801 926 1,033

- - 71 94 49 - - -

321 - - -

- - 81 107

118 - - -

195 - - -

- - 78 102

118 - - -

195 - - -

- - 128 158

99 - - -

99 - - -

- 40 41

- 148 148 152

- 411 457 529

- 1,016 1062 1134

58 - - -

56 - - -



ACTIVE CASE (INCLUDES LOCK SIDE FILLER)

Rim - Non Handed All FunctionsA24 A24F

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) - Non Handed All Functions A26, A26F

COVERACTIVE CASERim 2400, FL2400 AC24Concealed Vertical Rod 2600, FL2600 AC26TOUCHBAR COMPONENTS

Touchbar Assembly (less active case, end cap & bracket) All Devices NTBA-3, FLNTBA-3,

NTBA-4, FLNTBA-4DEVICE ENDCAP

Endcap All Devices NEC993Mounting Bracket All Devices NMB591CENTER CHASSIS

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) 2600, FL2600 CCH343TOP LATCH


2600 TL28-8, TL28-10 FL2600 TL28F-8, TL28F-10

BOTTOM LATCHConcealed Vertical Rod 2600 BL28 (metal, includes Bottom Bolt & Rod Assembly) FL2600 BL28F TOP ROD

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal)6’-8” to 8’-0” TR551 8’-1” to 10’-0” TR552

BOTTOM ROD

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) (Includes Bottom Bolt) All Devices BR553

EXTENDED BOTTOM ROD

Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) (Bottom bolt NOT included) All Devices BR5244-09

CYLINDER DOGGING KIT

Narrow Cylinder Dogging Kit (1-1/4” Mortise Cylinder Not Included, see pg.30) All Devices NCDK-3, NCDK-4

SHIM KIT

Kit consists of: one set of 1/8” shims All Devices NSMK995

(Dull Black)Notes:• Assembly Nos. with Suffix “F” designate Assemblies for Fire Exit Hardware.

Apex Component Assemblies - Narrow Stile

Price List 65PHI

STEEL PLATED 628

606, 612 613, 630

605 625

- 590 587 586 - 721 719 763

- 590 587 626

- 107 152 200

- 802 934 1,033

- - 71 94 49 - - -

348 - - -

215 - - -

152 - - -

118 - - -

118 - - -

99 - - -

- 148 148 152

58 - - -


DESCRIPTION DEVICE TYPE ASSEMBLY NO.COVERS

ACTIVE CASERim 5100, FL5100 AC5100 Surface Vertical Rod 5200, FL5200 AC5200 SVR Latch Case (Top or Bottom) 5200, FL5200 LC5200DEVICE ENDCAP

Endcap All Devices REC999 Mounting Bracket All Devices MB305 TOP LATCH

Surface Vertical Rod (Includes Latch Cover) 5200, FL5200 TL52, TL52F

BOTTOM LATCH

Surface Vertical Rod (Includes Latch Cover) 5200, FL5200 BL52, BL52F

TOP ROD

Surface Vertical Rod (Includes Rod Pin, Clip & Rod Guide)

7’-0” RTR1860 8’-0” RTR1861 10’-0” RTR1863

BOTTOM ROD

Surface Vertical Rod (metal) (Includes Rod Pin, Clip & Rod Guide) All Devices RBR1864

EXTENDED BOTTOM RODSurface Vertical Rod All Devices BR5248-09ROD GUIDE, PIN & CLIP

Surface Vertical Rod 5200, FL5200 RRG123CYLINDER DOGGING KIT

Reliant Cylinder Dogging Kit (1-1/4” Mortise Cylinder Not Included) RCDK-3, RCDK-4

Notes:• Assembly Nos. with Suffix “F” designate Assemblies for Fire Exit Hardware.• Top and Bottom Latch assemblies are priced with covers, deduct cover price if not required.

Reliant Component Assemblies

Price List 65PHI

STEEL PLATED 689, 695 BLACK

- - 76

- - 56

48 - 32

- - 214

- - 179

- 58 -

- 58 -

- 98 -

- - 32

- 118 -


DESCRIPTION FUNCTION/ DEVICE ASSEMBLY NO

ACTIVE CASERim - Handed 01, 02, 03 A103

05, 08, 14, 15 A108 Rim - Reversible 01, 02, 03 AR103

05, 08, 14, 15 AR108 Rim - Handed 01, 02, 03 A103F

05, 08, 14, 15 A108F Rim - Reversible 01, 02, 03 AR103F

05, 08, 14, 15 AR108F Surface Vertical Rod - Reversible 01, 02, 03 A203, A203F

05, 08, 14, 15 A208, A208F Mortise - Handed All Functions A303, A303F INACTIVE CASE

All - Reversible All Devices B123, B123F TOP LATCH

Surface Vertical 200 TL22Rod FL200 TL22FBOTTOM LATCH

Surface Vertical 200 BL22Rod FL200 BL22FCOVERS

ACTIVE CASERim - Handed 100, FL100 AC10, AC10FRim - Reversible R100, FLR100 ACR10, ACR10FSurface Vertical Rod 200, FL200 AC20, AC20FMortise 300, FL300 AC30, AC30FINACTIVE CASE

Panic Exit Hardware All Devices HS123Fire Exit Hardware All Devices HS123FSVR LATCH CASE

(Top or Bottom) 200, FL200 LC22 Notes:• Assembly Nos. with Suffix “F” designate Assemblies for Fire Exit Hardware.• Assemblies are priced with covers, deduct cover price if not required.* Specify Hand for all reversible or handed Active Case Assemblies.

Olympian Component Assemblies - Crossbar

Price List 65PHI

606, 612 613, 630

605 625

747 834

747 834

880 970

880 970

747 834

747 834

538 620

317 359

280 321

153 201

153 201

136 166


Trim Component Assemblies

DESCRIPTION FUNCTION/ DEVICE ASSEMBLY NO

CROSSBAR* 3’ DOOR 4’ DOORStandard All Devices CB123-3 CB123-4Reinforced All Devices CBR123-3 CBR123-4Knurled All Devices CBK123-3 CBK123-4CROSSBAR PLUG

All Devices CP123 TOP ROD*

Surface Vert Rod 7’-0” TR1854 8’-0” TR1855 10’-0” TR1857 12’-0” TR5197

BOTTOM ROD*Surface Vertical Rod All Devices BR1859EXTENDED BOTTOM ROD

Surface Vertical Rod All Devices BR5247-09 ROD GUIDE, PIN & CLIP

Surface Vertical Rod 200, FL200 RG124BACK PLATE ASSEMBLIES - RIM DEVICES

Rim 01, 02, 03 BP103 05, 08, 14, 15 BP108

Surface Vert Rod01, 02, 03 BP203 05, 08, 14, 15 BP208

NOTES:* 630 furnished for 626

SERIES DESCRIPTION KIT NOTRIM FUNCTION CONVERSION KITS

4900 Trim From “03” to “08” or “02” to “14” FC-08 YFC-08 OlympianV4900 Trim From “03” to “08” or “02” to “14” VFC-08 YVFC-08 Olympian

From 4900 Trim to V4900 Trim B-49-01 YB-49-01 OlympianM4900 Trim From “03” to “08” or “02” to “14” MFC-08 MYFC-08 Olympian2900 Trim From “08” to “03” (**specify Lever Style and finish) NFC-03

From “03” to “08” (**specify Lever Style and finish) NFC-08 CYLINDER ATTACHMENT KITS - CYLINDERS NOT INCLUDED

1700, 2000, 4900, V4900, 603 and 703A Series Trim CA-03T Wide Stile Device, “03” function, no outside Trim CA-03 Narrow Stile Device, “03” function, no outside Trim NCA-03

2900 Trim - for “03” function CA-29032900 Trim - for “08” function CA-2908

Reliant 808A Trim (specify finish 689 or 695) RCA-08 ** Please see specific catalog pages for finish designation.

Olympian Component Assemblies - Crossbar

Price List 65PHI

STEEL PLATED

606, 612 613, 630

605 625

- 104 127 - 124 147 - 258 284

- 24 26

- 81 107

- 81 107

- 136 166

- 42 43

58 - -

58 - -

148

148

148

30 17 28 34 34 34


MULLIONS 811................................................................. 24.00 822 .............................. ..............................30.00 FL822 .................... ........................................30.00

MULLION FITTINGS MC811 .................................... ........................ 0.50 MC822 .........................................................2.25 KMC822 ................. .........................................3.75 MB811 .................................... ........................ 0.50 MC822F ....................... ................................2.25 KMC822F ............... .........................................3.75 MB822 .......................... .................................. 1.00

MORTISE LOCK M303, M308, M310 ................. ....................... 2.75

LOW ENERGY OPERATOR D-4990 ................. .................. ...................... 40.00D-4990T .................................. ...................... 40.00

ELECTRONICS PS-161 ................. .................. ......................... 10.0EPT-5 .................................. ............................. 1.00

WEIGHTS ARE TO THE NEAREST 0.25 LB.AND FOR ESTIMATING PURPOSES ONLY.

628 605, 606, 612, 613, 625, 630 689, 695 RELIANTWIDE NARROW WIDE NARROW OLYMPIAN

DEVICES - LESS TRIM Rim 15.00 14.25 18.50 18.00 14.00 15.00 Surface Vertical Rod 18.00 — 23.25 — 19.00 18.50 Less Bottom Rod 17.25 — 21.25 — 18.00 16.75 Mortise 17.00 — 20.00 — 16.00 — Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) 19.25 18.75 22.50 22.00 — — Less Bottom Rod 18.25 17.50 21.50 21.00 — — Concealed Vertical Rod (wood) 18.75 — 22.50 — — — Less Bottom Rod 17.00 — 21.00 — — — Device with DE option: add 13.00TRIMS

1700A 3.00 — 3.00 — 3.00 — 2000A 3.25 — 3.25 — 3.25 — 2900A — 3.00 — 3.00 — — 4900A, 4900K 5.50 — 5.50 — 5.50 — V4908A 6.00 — 6.00 — 6.00 — C03 2.00 — 2.00 — 2.00 — 501 — — — — — 0.75 602, 603 — — — — — 1.00 702, 703 — — — — — 1.75 808A, 814A — — — — — 3.25 ACTIVE CASE ASSEMBLY

Rim Device 2.50 2.00 2.50 2.00 6.00 1.25 Vertical Rod Device 3.00 — 3.00 — 6.00 1.25 Mortise Device 2.25 — 2.25 — 5.50 — Concealed Vertical Rod (metal) 3.00 1.75 3.00 1.75 — — Concealed Vertical Rod (wood).. 3.00 — 3.00 — — — TOUCHBAR ASSEMBLY

3'- 0" Device 10.25 10.25 13.75 13.75 — 10.25 4'- 0" Device 11.50 11.50 15.00 15.00 — 11.00 ELR Device 12.50 12.50 15.00 15.00 — — Dummy Touchbar 8.75 8.75 14.50 14.50 — — INACTIVE CASE ASSEMBLY

3'- 0" Device — — — — 3.00 — TOP LATCH ASSEMBLY

Surface Vertical Rod 2.50 — 2.50 — 2.50 2.00 Concealed Vertical Rod 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 — — BOTTOM LATCH ASSEMBLY

Surface Vertical Rod 2.00 — 2.00 — 2.00 1.75 Concealed Vertical Rod 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 — —

Weight Chart

Price List 65PHI

























QUOTING & ORDERING

Price List 65PHI


WHOLESALE PURCHASE: Distributors are also free to utilize Stanley’s Authorized Wholesalers to purchase product. Stanley does not make any guarantee of availability or pricing for purchases from an Authorized Wholesaler and the discounts afforded to Distributor by Stanley shall not apply to purchases from an Authorized Wholesaler. The terms and conditions and price of product shall be mutually as agreed between Distributor and Wholesaler.


Price List 65PHI


For current pricing and ordering information associated with Stanley Best cylinders please see the Stanley Best Price Catalog.

STANLEY BEST CYLINDER AND PRECISION EXIT DEVICE ORDERS

Price List 65PHI




















October 2015


Price List 65PHI



























Price List 65PHI


Order Form: _____________________________________ P.O. # ___________________________________________

Date __________________________________________ Ship To: _________________________________________

Sold To: ________________________________________ _________________________________________

_________________________________________

_________________________________________

Phone Number: __________________________________ Date Required: ___________________________________

Placed By: ______________________________________ Job Name: _______________________________________

Entered By: _____________________________________ Salesperson: _____________________________________

Shop Via: ________________________________________

ORDER FORM

Quantity Product Description Handling Finish Door Size

STANLEY SecurityAttn: Precision Hardware6161 East 75th Street Indianapolis, IN 46250

17679-S3 5/12

Price List 65PHI


RETURN ORDER REQUEST

❏ Return for Replacement ❏ Return for Credit

Date of Request:_________________________________

Original Order: __________________________________

Date of Request:_________________________________







State: __________________________________________ ❏ Return Inventory


Email: _________________________________________

Phone: _________________________________________

❏ Ship Replacement Material to Address Above ❏ Ship Replacement Material to Address on Order


________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________


NATURE OF PROBLEM


RETURN MATERIAL


Price List 65PHI

41Stanley Security Solutions, Inc. • www.stanleysecurity.com • Phone: (855) 365-2407 • Fax: (877) 835-1030 Price List 65PHI


STANLEYsecurity.com/PRECISION | 1.855.365.2407© 2015 Stanley Security Solutions, Inc.STANLEYsecurity.com/licenses PL65PHI • 01/16

National Labor Rates for Ohio State Contract

Service Region Region Description Hourly Labor Rate

Installation Technician 5 Midwest 105.00$

Electronic Engineer 5 Midwest 135.00$

Documents

BEST MECHANICAL & ELECTRONIC LOCKS · not meet Stanley’s credit requirements for the amount of Product ordered, or the amount of Product which remains unpaid (whether or not overdue)